{"title":"Larger Sizes \u0026 Higher Capacity","description":"\u003cp\u003eFind mobility and homecare equipment with more room, a taller fit or a higher weight capacity. This range brings together wider seating, roomier walking aids and higher-capacity options across wheelchairs, mobility scooters, lift chairs, bathroom equipment and daily care.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrowse by need:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/heavy-duty-range\"\u003eAll options\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/heavy-duty-range\/fit-wider\"\u003eWider fit\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/heavy-duty-range\/fit-taller\"\u003eTaller fit\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/heavy-duty-range\/fit-higher-capacity\"\u003eHigher capacity\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMore room and more capacity are different needs.\u003c\/strong\u003e You may need extra seat width without a particularly high weight limit, or a higher-capacity product in a compact size. The range includes everyday equipment as well as specialist heavy-duty and bariatric models. Not every item is wider, taller and higher-capacity: compare the features that matter to you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck usable seat width and depth, space between the arms or handles, seat height and the maximum user weight for the exact model or option you select. Some listings include standard, wide, tall or heavy-duty versions with different dimensions and ratings. A product being in this range does not mean every option has the same capacity or fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor wider options below 150 kg:\u003c\/strong\u003e choose the Wide Track option in the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/byacre-carbon-ultralight-walker\"\u003ebyACRE Carbon Ultralight range\u003c\/a\u003e, or the 500 mm seat option in the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/freiheit-freedom-lightweight-manual-wheelchair\"\u003eFreiheit Freedom wheelchair range\u003c\/a\u003e. Their stated maximum user weights remain 130 kg and 110 kg respectively. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/theorem-winslow-power-lift-recliner\"\u003eTheorem Winslow Petite Wide\u003c\/a\u003e provides extra width without the taller proportions of its Standard and Tall options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlan for the space around the equipment too.\u003c\/strong\u003e Measure doorways, turning areas and room for transfers or assistance. A safe working load can include a mattress, accessories or other loads and is not automatically the maximum user weight. Follow each product’s intended use and stated limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot sure where to begin?\u003c\/strong\u003e Our \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/higher-capacity-mobility-equipment-guide\"\u003eHigher-Capacity Mobility Equipment Guide\u003c\/a\u003e explains capacity, sizing, home access and practical differences between equipment types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor more specific help, read about \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/how-to-choose-wheelchair-seat-width\"\u003echoosing wheelchair seat width\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/how-to-choose-lift-chair-size\"\u003efinding the right lift chair size\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/commode-chair-buying-guide-nz\"\u003ebedside and shower commodes\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/pressure-relief-cushion-vs-seat-cushion\"\u003epressure-relief versus ordinary seat cushions\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeed help comparing dimensions or planning a purchase? \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact MoveSmart\u003c\/a\u003e for practical advice from our Taupō team. For complex seating, pressure-care or transfer needs, involve an occupational therapist or other appropriate health professional.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"byacre-carbon-overland-walker","title":"byACRE Carbon Overland Walker","description":"\u003ch2\u003ebyACRE Carbon Overland All-Terrain Walker\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ebyACRE Carbon Overland\u003c\/strong\u003e is a premium all-terrain rollator for people who want to keep walking beyond smooth indoor floors and paved shopping areas. Its carbon-fibre frame weighs approximately \u003cstrong\u003e6.7 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, yet supports users up to \u003cstrong\u003e150 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, giving it an unusual combination of low carrying weight and genuine outdoor capability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe defining feature is its large \u003cstrong\u003e26 cm pneumatic rubber tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e. At around 5 cm wide, they provide significantly more cushioning and contact with the ground than the small solid wheels found on many urban walkers. Strong front forks and sealed bearings complete a design intended for grass, gravel, dirt paths, cobblestones and other firm uneven surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBuilt for Outdoor Walking\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Carbon Overland is the byACRE model to consider when terrain matters more than having the absolute lightest rollator. Its larger air-filled tyres absorb small impacts and surface vibration, while the 67.5 cm overall width gives the walker a broad, planted stance outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can handle a much wider range of surfaces than a conventional indoor rollator, but sensible route choice still matters. Deep sand, mud, very loose gravel, steep cross-slopes and unstable ground can challenge any wheeled walking aid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePneumatic Tyres for Ride Comfort\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnlike the puncture-proof wheels used on the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/byacre-carbon-ultralight-walker\"\u003eCarbon Ultralight\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/byacre-nordic-pioneer\"\u003eNordic Pioneer\u003c\/a\u003e, the Overland uses \u003cstrong\u003eair-filled tyres with inner tubes\u003c\/strong\u003e. The benefit is extra cushioning and grip on uneven ground; the trade-off is that tyre pressure needs to be checked and punctures remain possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor someone who regularly walks on gravel drives, grass or rougher paths, that extra tyre compliance can make the Overland noticeably more comfortable than a smaller solid-wheel rollator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eStill Light Enough to Travel With\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDespite its larger wheels and outdoor construction, the Overland weighs only about \u003cstrong\u003e6.7 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e. The frame folds to around \u003cstrong\u003e28 cm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it practical to load into many vehicles or store when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat low weight is particularly useful because all-terrain walkers are often much heavier. The Carbon Overland keeps the outdoor capability while remaining manageable for many users and family members to lift.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eErgonomic Handles and Built-In Seat\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe forward-facing handles adjust from approximately \u003cstrong\u003e83 to 96 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e. Their orientation encourages the user to remain close to the frame rather than reaching too far forward, which can make the walker feel easier to control.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA built-in seat sits approximately \u003cstrong\u003e62 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e from the ground and is around \u003cstrong\u003e46 cm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing somewhere to rest when the walker is safely parked and the brakes are applied.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6.7 kg carbon-fibre rollator\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e26 cm pneumatic rubber tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e with inner tubes for shock absorption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRigid front forks and sealed wheel bearings\u003c\/strong\u003e for outdoor durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e83–96 cm adjustable handle height\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e46 cm seat width\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e62 cm seat height\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e67.5 cm overall width\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e74 cm length\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApprox. 28 cm folded width\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eForward-facing ergonomic handles\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in seat\u003c\/strong\u003e for rest breaks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArrives fully assembled\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDefender Green, Bentley Brown, Midnight Blue and Rose Gold\u003c\/strong\u003e available through MoveSmart.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCarbon Overland, Carbon Ultralight or Nordic Pioneer?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eCarbon Overland\u003c\/strong\u003e when outdoor and mixed-terrain performance is the priority. The \u003cstrong\u003eCarbon Ultralight\u003c\/strong\u003e is lighter and more compact for travel and urban use, while the \u003cstrong\u003eNordic Pioneer\u003c\/strong\u003e sits between the two with larger puncture-proof wheels and a 5.9 kg aluminium\/EPP frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf most of your walking is on rougher outdoor surfaces, the Overland's pneumatic tyres are the feature that most clearly separates it from the other byACRE models.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Carbon-Overland_outlined-User-Manual-Rev-1.7.pdf?v=1756719134\" title=\"byACRE Overland Carbon Walkers\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ebyACRE Overland Carbon Walkers Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/MUGKqh9RUJg?si=4zGNar7iqq7WDAFP\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompatible Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese accessories are compatible with the byACRE Carbon Overland. Accessories are sold separately; check the individual product details before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/byacre-overland-back-rest\"\u003ebyACRE Overland Padded Backrest\u003c\/a\u003e — padded support for seated rest breaks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/byacre-overland-cane-holder\"\u003ebyACRE Overland Cane Holder\u003c\/a\u003e — carries a walking stick on the frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/byacre-carbon-overland-travel-bag\"\u003ebyACRE Carbon Overland Travel Bag\u003c\/a\u003e — padded protection for transport and storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/byacre-pocket-bag\"\u003ebyACRE Pocket Bag\u003c\/a\u003e — compact storage for small essentials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/byacre-carbon-overland-daypack\"\u003ebyACRE Carbon Overland Day-pack\u003c\/a\u003e — larger everyday carrying capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/byacre-grocery-bag\"\u003ebyACRE Grocery Bag\u003c\/a\u003e — useful for shopping and errands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/byacre-weekend-bag\"\u003ebyACRE Weekend Bag\u003c\/a\u003e — larger removable carry bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/byacre-cup-holder\"\u003ebyACRE Cup Holder\u003c\/a\u003e — keeps a drink within reach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/byacre-carbon-overland-mini-pump\"\u003ebyACRE Carbon Overland Mini Pump\u003c\/a\u003e — compact pump for the Overland's pneumatic tyres.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/byacre-service-kit\"\u003ebyACRE Service Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — maintenance\/service hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/byacre-carbon-overland-touch-up-pen\"\u003ebyACRE Carbon Overland Touch-Up Pen\u003c\/a\u003e — colour-matched cosmetic repair pen for superficial frame scratches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/walker-accessories\"\u003eBrowse all Walker \u0026amp; Rollator Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does the Carbon Overland weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe walker weighs approximately 6.7 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maximum user weight is 150 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat surfaces is it designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for mixed and all-terrain outdoor use, including firm grass, gravel, dirt paths, cobblestones and other uneven surfaces. Always use extra care on loose, wet, steep or unstable ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the tyres?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe pneumatic rubber tyres are approximately 26 cm in diameter and 5 cm wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the tyres puncture-proof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The Overland uses air-filled pneumatic tyres with inner tubes for shock absorption, so normal tyre-pressure and puncture care applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the handle-height range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe handles adjust from approximately 83 cm to 96 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size is the seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe seat is approximately 46 cm wide and 62 cm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow wide is the walker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall width is approximately 67.5 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long is the walker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall length is approximately 74 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow compact is it when folded?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe folded width is approximately 28 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it arrive assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It arrives assembled; unfold it and adjust the handles before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have a seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A built-in seat provides a place to rest when the walker is safely parked.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart carries Defender Green, Bentley Brown, Midnight Blue and Rose Gold variants, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan accessories be added?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Compatible accessories include the Overland Day-pack, Travel Bag, Back Rest, Cane Holder and other byACRE accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.7 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e83–96 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth between handles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38.5–39.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e67.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFolded width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e74 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheel size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26 cm diameter × 5 cm wide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTyres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePneumatic rubber with inner tubes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon fibre with aircraft-grade aluminium components\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMoveSmart colours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDefender Green, Bentley Brown, Midnight Blue, Rose Gold\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"byACRE","offers":[{"title":"Defender Green","offer_id":41676849774667,"sku":"BYACRE-OVERLANDDG","price":1399.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bentley Brown","offer_id":41676849807435,"sku":"BYACRE-OVERLANDBB","price":1399.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Midnight Blue","offer_id":41676849840203,"sku":"BYACRE-OVERLANDMB","price":1399.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Rose gold","offer_id":41676849872971,"sku":"BYACRE-OVERLANDRG","price":1399.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/5c586caa-e674b4_3da5c41078ee4632aa6856eee79b0a06_mv2.webp?v=1754901810"},{"product_id":"viking-rehab-chair-height-adjustable","title":"Viking Rehab Chair - Height Adjustable","description":"\u003ch2\u003eViking Rehab Chair – Standard and Maxi Height-Adjustable Rehabilitation Chair\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eViking Rehab Chair\u003c\/strong\u003e is a strong, straightforward rehabilitation and day chair designed for people who benefit from a supportive upright seat, padded arms and adjustable seat height. It is now available in a \u003cstrong\u003eStandard\u003c\/strong\u003e configuration and two wider \u003cstrong\u003eMaxi\u003c\/strong\u003e configurations, making it easier to choose the chair around the user’s seating width as well as the required safe working load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Standard model has a \u003cstrong\u003e200 kg safe working load\u003c\/strong\u003e. Both Maxi models are rated to \u003cstrong\u003e250 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e and provide substantially more room between the armrests. All versions retain the Viking’s simple stationary design, padded seating, durable vinyl upholstery and height-adjustable frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the Viking Rehab Chair Model That Fits the User\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaxi 550\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaxi 650\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e609S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e609M550\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e609M650\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafe working load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eW 44.5 × D 45.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eW 55 × D 45.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eW 65 × D 45.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48–65 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46.5–63.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46.5–63.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth between arms\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 45.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e66 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBackrest height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eW 60 × D 59 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eW 68.5 × D 61.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eW 78.5 × D 61.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 11 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 13.3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 15 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Maxi model names relate to the wider seat configurations. When selecting a chair, compare the user’s seated width with both the \u003cstrong\u003eseat width\u003c\/strong\u003e and the \u003cstrong\u003espace between the arms\u003c\/strong\u003e; safe working load alone does not determine whether a chair will fit comfortably.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy a Height-Adjustable Rehab Chair Can Be Easier to Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeat height makes a noticeable difference to everyday chair use. A low seat requires the user to lower further and generate more effort to stand again, while a seat set too high may leave the feet poorly supported. The Viking’s adjustable legs allow the chair to be set at a practical height for the individual rather than asking the user to adapt to a fixed household chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe padded armrests provide a defined place for the hands during sitting and standing. Combined with the firm frame and relatively upright seating position, this makes the Viking a useful alternative to deep lounge furniture for users who prefer a more supportive chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSupportive Seating Without Unnecessary Complexity\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Viking Rehab Chair is intentionally simple. It has an ergonomically curved backrest, padded seat and arms, but does not add powered lift, recline or multiple seat-position controls. Once the height has been set correctly, the chair provides a stable everyday seating position without additional mechanisms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Standard and Maxi versions differ in width, overall footprint, weight capacity and seat-height range. The Maxi 550 provides a 55 cm wide seat and 56 cm between the arms, while the Maxi 1651 cm (650\")creases these to a 65 cm seat and 66 cm between the arms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eViking Rehab Chair or Viking Hilite?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eViking Rehab Chair\u003c\/strong\u003e when the priority is a stable padded chair with seat-height adjustment and a choice of Standard or wider Maxi configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/viking-hilite-rehab-chair-height-adjustable\"\u003eViking Hilite Rehab Chair\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e when the seating setup needs more adjustment. The Hilite adds adjustable seat depth and seat angle, a much taller contoured backrest with lumbar and neck support, and rear mobility wheels for repositioning the \u003cem\u003eunoccupied\u003c\/em\u003e chair. The Hilite is also available in Standard and Maxi sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard and Maxi configurations\u003c\/strong\u003e for different seating widths and capacities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e200 kg SWL\u003c\/strong\u003e on the Standard model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e250 kg SWL\u003c\/strong\u003e on both Maxi models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight-adjustable seat\u003c\/strong\u003e with model-specific adjustment ranges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eErgonomically curved backrest\u003c\/strong\u003e for supportive upright seating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePadded seat and armrests\u003c\/strong\u003e for everyday comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable vinyl upholstery\u003c\/strong\u003e for straightforward cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRobust powder-coated frame\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable as a supportive day chair for lounge, bedroom, dining-area and rehabilitation use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Viking_Rehab_Chair.pdf?v=1756722151\" title=\"Viking Rehab Chair Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eViking Rehab Chair Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to Check Whether the Chair Will Fit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBefore choosing a rehab chair, compare the seat width, seat depth and arm spacing with a chair the user already sits comfortably in. The user should be able to sit back against the backrest without excessive pressure at the sides, while the thighs are supported without the front edge of the seat pressing into the back of the knees.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnce the chair is in place, the seat height should be adjusted evenly so the frame remains level and stable. The user should have appropriate foot contact and be able to sit and stand in a controlled way. If the correct setup is uncertain, a physiotherapist, occupational therapist or other rehabilitation professional can help with individual positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Viking Rehab Chair best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits users who want a stable, upright and height-adjustable day chair with padded arms and a firm frame. The wider Maxi models suit users who need additional seating space or the higher 250 kg safe working load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the safe working load?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Standard Viking Rehab Chair is rated to \u003cstrong\u003e200 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e. Both Maxi models are rated to \u003cstrong\u003e250 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat Maxi sizes are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Maxi range includes a \u003cstrong\u003e55 cm seat\u003c\/strong\u003e with 56 cm between the arms and a \u003cstrong\u003e65 cm seat\u003c\/strong\u003e with 66 cm between the arms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the seat-height range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Standard model adjusts from approximately \u003cstrong\u003e48–65 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e. Both Maxi models adjust from approximately \u003cstrong\u003e46.5–63.5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the seat depth?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAll three configurations have an approximately \u003cstrong\u003e45.5 cm seat depth\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this an electric lift chair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The Viking Rehab Chair is a stationary rehabilitation\/day chair with manually adjustable seat height. It has no powered lift or recline function.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between this and the Viking Hilite?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Viking Rehab Chair focuses on simple seat-height adjustment and stable everyday support. The Hilite adds adjustable seat depth and angle, a 70 cm high contoured backrest and rear repositioning wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the chair have wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The Viking Rehab Chair is a stationary rehabilitation chair rather than a wheeled transport chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should the vinyl upholstery be cleaned?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse normal care appropriate for durable vinyl upholstery and follow the manufacturer’s cleaning instructions. Avoid products that could damage the upholstery or frame finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs there a manual?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Viking Rehab Chair manual is linked above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Viking Rehab Chair available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Viking Rehab Chair range is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Viking","offers":[{"title":"Standard","offer_id":43163304329291,"sku":"CUB-REHABCHR-1","price":699.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Maxi 550","offer_id":43163304362059,"sku":"CUB-REHABCHR-2","price":1399.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Maxi 650","offer_id":43163304394827,"sku":"CUB-REHABCHR-3","price":1499.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/931a6736-e674b4_d063a3dfec4d4a2f89eb42cf6f9dc64a_mv2.jpg?v=1754901811"},{"product_id":"viking-hilite-rehab-chair-height-adjustable","title":"Viking Hilite Rehab Chair - Height Adjustable","description":"\u003ch2\u003eViking Hilite Rehab Chair – Standard and Maxi High-Back Rehabilitation Seating\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eViking Hilite Rehab Chair\u003c\/strong\u003e is Viking’s more configurable rehabilitation and day chair, designed for users who benefit from a supportive high back together with adjustable seat height, seat depth and seat angle. The range is available in a \u003cstrong\u003eStandard\u003c\/strong\u003e model and wider, higher-capacity \u003cstrong\u003eMaxi\u003c\/strong\u003e models, so the chair can be selected around both the user’s seating dimensions and required safe working load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Standard Hilite has a \u003cstrong\u003e200 kg safe working load\u003c\/strong\u003e. The Maxi Hilite models increase this to \u003cstrong\u003e250 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e and provide wider spacing between the armrests, with 60 cm and 65 cm options available. All versions retain the Hilite’s tall contoured backrest, padded seat and arms, adjustable seating position and rear wheels for repositioning the \u003cstrong\u003eunoccupied\u003c\/strong\u003e chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the Hilite Model That Fits the User\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaxi 600\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaxi 650\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e610S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e610M600\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e610M650\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafe working load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40–55 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48–58 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48–58 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48–52 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43–58 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43–58 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth between arms\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 52 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBackrest height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eW 69 × D 70 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eW 80 × D 70 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eW 85 × D 70 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 19.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 21 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 21.6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Maxi number refers to the wider configuration rather than simply a higher weight rating. If fit is important, check the user’s seated width and the \u003cstrong\u003espace between the arms\u003c\/strong\u003e rather than choosing on safe working load alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMore Adjustment Than a Standard Day Chair\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Hilite provides adjustable seat height, depth and angle so the chair can be set up around the individual rather than relying on a fixed household chair. Seat height influences foot contact and the effort required to sit and stand. Seat depth affects how much of the thighs are supported and how comfortably the user can sit back against the backrest. Seat angle provides another way to tailor the sitting position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Standard and Maxi Hilite models have different adjustment ranges, so use the comparison table above when fitting the chair. The Maxi models also offer a broader seat-depth adjustment range than the Standard Hilite.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHigh Contoured Backrest with Lumbar and Neck Support\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAll Hilite models use an approximately \u003cstrong\u003e70 cm high contoured backrest\u003c\/strong\u003e shaped to provide support through the back, including lumbar and neck support. This makes the Hilite a useful option when a conventional lower-back rehab chair does not provide the preferred level of upper-body support.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor a simpler chair focused primarily on height adjustment, see the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/viking-rehab-chair-height-adjustable\"\u003eViking Rehab Chair\u003c\/a\u003e, which is also available in Standard and wider Maxi configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRear Mobility Wheels Make the Empty Chair Easier to Reposition\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSmall mobility wheels are fitted at the rear of the Hilite. By tilting the chair back, a caregiver can roll the \u003cstrong\u003eunoccupied\u003c\/strong\u003e chair to a new position rather than lifting the full frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese wheels do not turn the Hilite into a transport chair. A person should not be pushed around while seated in it; the wheels are for repositioning the empty chair only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhich Hilite Should I Choose?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eStandard Hilite\u003c\/strong\u003e when its approximately 52 cm arm spacing, 200 kg safe working load and lower 40–55 cm seat-height range suit the user.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose a \u003cstrong\u003eMaxi Hilite\u003c\/strong\u003e when greater seating width or the higher 250 kg safe working load is required. The Maxi 600 provides 60 cm between the arms, while the Maxi 1651 cm (650\")creases this to 65 cm. The Maxi models also use a 48–58 cm seat-height range and 43–58 cm adjustable seat depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard and Maxi configurations\u003c\/strong\u003e to suit different seating widths and capacities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e200 kg SWL\u003c\/strong\u003e on the Standard model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e250 kg SWL\u003c\/strong\u003e on both Maxi models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable seat height, depth and angle\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e70 cm high contoured backrest\u003c\/strong\u003e with lumbar and neck support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePadded seat, backrest and armrests\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear mobility wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e for repositioning the unoccupied chair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for supportive seating in dining rooms, lounges, bedrooms and rehabilitation environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Viking_Hiback_Rehab_Chair.pdf?v=1756722151\" title=\"Viking Hilite Rehab Chair Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eViking Hilite Rehab Chair Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to Set Up the Hilite for the User\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eStart by checking seat width and overall chair clearance, then set the seat height so the user has appropriate foot contact and can sit and stand in a controlled way. Seat depth should support the thighs while leaving comfortable clearance behind the knees. Seat angle can then be adjusted to suit the required sitting position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause the Hilite offers several interacting adjustments, users with more complex positioning or transfer needs may benefit from setup by an occupational therapist, physiotherapist or other rehabilitation professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Viking Hilite best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits users who want a supportive high-back rehabilitation or day chair and need more fitting options than seat-height adjustment alone. The Maxi versions provide additional width and a higher safe working load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the safe working load?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Standard Hilite is rated to \u003cstrong\u003e200 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e. Both Maxi Hilite models are rated to \u003cstrong\u003e250 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat Maxi widths are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Maxi range is available with \u003cstrong\u003e60 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003e65 cm between the armrests\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the seat-height range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Standard model adjusts from approximately \u003cstrong\u003e40–55 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e. The Maxi models adjust from approximately \u003cstrong\u003e48–58 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the seat depth be adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Standard model adjusts from approximately \u003cstrong\u003e48–52 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e, while the Maxi models adjust from approximately \u003cstrong\u003e43–58 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the seat angle be changed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Hilite provides manual seat-angle adjustment so the sitting position can be tailored more closely to the user.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Hilite an electric lift recliner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a manually adjustable rehabilitation\/day chair and has no powered lift or recline function.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Rear mobility wheels make it easier to reposition the chair while it is unoccupied. The Hilite is not a wheelchair or transport chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the Hilite and Viking Rehab Chair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Hilite adds adjustable seat depth and angle, a taller contoured backrest with lumbar and neck support, and rear repositioning wheels. The Viking Rehab Chair is a simpler, lower-back model focused mainly on seat-height adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs there a user manual?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Viking Hilite Rehab Chair manual is linked above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Viking Hilite Rehab Chair available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Viking Hilite Rehab Chair range is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Viking","offers":[{"title":"Standard","offer_id":43163309998155,"sku":"CUB-VKGHIREHAB-1","price":999.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Maxi 550","offer_id":43163310030923,"sku":"CUB-VKGHIREHAB-2","price":1699.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Maxi 650","offer_id":43163310063691,"sku":"CUB-VKGHIREHAB-3","price":1799.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/577eec6a-e674b4_abe6358da91948c79391e3cc96f2c92d_mv2.jpg?v=1754901810"},{"product_id":"electric-lift-recliner-chair","title":"Goldfern Electric Dual Motor Lift Recliner Chair","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern Dual Motor Electric Lift Recliner Chair\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Dual Motor Electric Lift Recliner Chair\u003c\/strong\u003e is an everyday powered lift chair that combines sit-to-stand assistance with independent backrest and leg-rest adjustment. The twin-motor design allows the upper body and legs to be positioned separately, giving more flexibility than a linked single-motor recliner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe chair supports users up to \u003cstrong\u003e150 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e and has a seat approximately \u003cstrong\u003e44 cm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e53 cm deep\u003c\/strong\u003e. MoveSmart offers Steel Grey, Sandstone and Denim upholstery options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIndependent Back and Leg Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith two motors, the backrest can recline without automatically raising the leg rest to the same degree, and the leg rest can be adjusted without forcing a matching backrest position. That makes it easier to find positions for reading, watching television, resting or simply changing posture during the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePowered Lift Assistance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lift function raises and tilts the chair forward to assist the transition from sitting toward standing. It is intended to reduce the amount of effort needed to rise from the chair, but the user still needs an appropriate transfer plan and enough balance to stand safely once supported.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the Right Goldfern Lift Chair\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis standard dual-motor chair is the more compact option in Goldfern's current lift-chair range. Its seat is approximately \u003cstrong\u003e44 cm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e and the chair measures around \u003cstrong\u003e76.5 cm overall\u003c\/strong\u003e. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/heavy-duty-dual-motor-lift-chair\" title=\"Goldfern Heavy Duty Dual Motor Lift Recliner Chair\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Heavy Duty Dual Motor Lift Chair\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e increases the seat width to about 54.5 cm and user capacity to 220 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeat width, depth and height all affect how well a lift chair fits. A chair that is too deep can make it difficult to sit fully back while keeping the feet supported, while a chair that is too wide may provide less lateral support. MoveSmart can help compare the dimensions before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBattery Backup and Practical Home Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn external battery backup provides limited backup operation during a power outage when correctly maintained. The backrest can be removed for easier delivery and installation, and magazine pockets are fitted on both sides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe extra-long hand-control cord allows the controller to be positioned on either side of the chair to suit the room layout and user preference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual-motor system\u003c\/strong\u003e for independent backrest and leg-rest adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectric lift function\u003c\/strong\u003e for sit-to-stand assistance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e44 cm seat width\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e53 cm seat depth\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3M soil and stain inhibitor fabric protection\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel and wood frame construction\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal battery backup\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable backrest\u003c\/strong\u003e for easier transport and installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagazine pockets on both sides\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra-long hand-control cord\u003c\/strong\u003e suitable for left- or right-side use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximately \u003cstrong\u003e174 cm long when fully reclined\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel Grey, Sandstone and Denim upholstery options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Lift_Chair_Installation_User_Manual_2.pdf?v=1756718430\" title=\"Goldfern Lift Chair Range (Standard and HD) Owners Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Electric Lift Chair Range (Standard and HD) Owners Manual\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is this Goldfern lift chair best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt suits users who want a standard-width dual-motor lift recliner with independent back and leg adjustment and a maximum user weight of 150 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/heavy-duty-dual-motor-lift-chair\" title=\"Goldfern Heavy Duty Dual Motor Lift Recliner Chair\"\u003eGoldfern Heavy Duty Lift Chair\u003c\/a\u003e?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Heavy Duty model has a wider seat and supports users up to 220 kg. This standard model is narrower and more compact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does dual motor mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe backrest and leg rest can be adjusted independently rather than moving together as one linked mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the chair help with standing up?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The powered lift function raises and tilts the chair forward to assist the transition from sitting toward standing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e150 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the seat width?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 44 cm between the armrests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the seat depth?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 53 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the seat height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 49 cm in the normal seated position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow wide is the chair overall?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 76.5 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much does the chair weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 59 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long is it when fully reclined?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 174 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat happens during a power outage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn external battery backup is included. Keep it maintained according to the chair instructions so backup operation is available when required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the backrest come off?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The removable backrest can make delivery and installation easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSteel Grey, Sandstone and Denim, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActuator 12 months, remote 12 months and frame 24 months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be delivered across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. MoveSmart can arrange delivery of lift chairs to customers across New Zealand. Get in touch if you would like help confirming chair size or delivery arrangements before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e53 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44 cm inside arms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight to seat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e49 cm standard; 75 cm elevated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFloor-to-arm height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBack height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e66.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e109 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61.5 × 72.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFully reclined length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 174 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel Grey, Sandstone, Denim\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eActuator 12 months; remote 12 months; frame 24 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Steel Grey","offer_id":42093279674443,"sku":"GF-ELCLFTCHRD-4","price":1795.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sandstone","offer_id":41716509442123,"sku":"GF-ELCLFTCHRD-2","price":1795.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Denim","offer_id":41716509474891,"sku":"GF-ELCLFTCHRD-3","price":1795.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Standard_Lift_Chair.png?v=1780697314"},{"product_id":"merits-roadster-mobility-scooter","title":"Merits Roadster Mobility Scooter","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMerits Roadster Mobility Scooter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eMerits Roadster Mobility Scooter\u003c\/strong\u003e is the straightforward mid-size all-rounder in MoveSmart's Merits range. It combines a roomy driving position, adjustable seat and tiller, strong 75Ah batteries and automatic speed reduction in turns without the size and complexity of the larger \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/merits-urban-mobility-scooter\"\u003eUrban\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/merits-cross-country-mobility-scooter\"\u003eCross Country\u003c\/a\u003e models.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Roadster supports users up to \u003cstrong\u003e159 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, reaches up to \u003cstrong\u003e12 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e, and has a stated maximum range of up to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e45 km\u003c\/strong\u003e under suitable conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere the Roadster Fits in the Merits Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/merits-yoga-portable-travel-scooter\"\u003eYoga\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e is the compact folding travel scooter. The \u003cstrong\u003eRoadster\u003c\/strong\u003e is the value-focused mid-size everyday model. The \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/merits-indigo-mobility-scooter\"\u003eIndigo\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e adds a more sophisticated LCD dashboard and additional storage. The \u003cstrong\u003eUrban\u003c\/strong\u003e steps up to 182 kg capacity, larger 35.6 cm (14\") wheels and up to 56 km range, while the \u003cstrong\u003eCross Country\u003c\/strong\u003e is the high-capacity outdoor\/twin-seat model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the Roadster when you want a substantial everyday scooter with good legroom and battery capacity but do not need the extra size, carrying capacity or technology of the larger Merits models.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e27.9 cm (11\") Tyres and Ground Clearance\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Roadster uses \u003cstrong\u003e27.9 cm (11\") pneumatic tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e and has approximately \u003cstrong\u003e9.5 cm ground clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e75Ah Batteries and 45 km Stated Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo \u003cstrong\u003e12V 75Ah batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e support a stated maximum range of up to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e45 km\u003c\/strong\u003e. Actual range varies with user weight, gradients, terrain, tyre pressure, battery condition, temperature and driving style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjustable Seating and Suspension\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe high-back seat swivels and adjusts in height, while the tiller and armrests can also be adjusted to suit the user. Adjustable suspension helps smooth normal path and road irregularities.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAutomatic Turn-Speed Reduction\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn automatic half-speed turning sensor reduces speed in corners to assist with control. Electromagnetic braking, LED lighting and indicators complete the everyday safety equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e159 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e400W rated motor\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 x 12V 75Ah batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to approximately 45 km stated range\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum speed up to 12 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e27.9 cm (11\") pneumatic tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApprox. 9.5 cm ground clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic half-speed turning sensor\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectromagnetic brakes\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable high-back swivel seat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable steering column.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully adjustable armrests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable suspension.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED lighting and indicators.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront carry basket and generous foot space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Roadster_Owners_Manual.pdf?v=1756197729\" title=\"Merits S745B Roadster Owners Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eMerits S745B Roadster Scooter Owners Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Merits Roadster best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits users who want a comfortable mid-size everyday scooter with strong battery capacity and straightforward controls, without moving to a larger heavy-duty model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Roadster different from the Indigo?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth are mid-size scooters, but the Indigo places more emphasis on its LCD dashboard and additional lockable storage. The Roadster is the simpler value-focused all-rounder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the Urban?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Urban is larger and more powerful, with 182 kg capacity, 35.6 cm (14\") wheels and up to 56 km stated range. The Roadster is the more compact, lower-cost mid-size choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e159 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to 12 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the stated range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to approximately 45 km under suitable conditions. Actual range varies with load, terrain, gradients, battery condition, temperature and driving style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat batteries does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo 12V 75Ah batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat motor does it have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA 24V DC motor rated at 400W.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses 27.9 cm (11\") pneumatic tyres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the ground clearance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 9.5 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the turning radius?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 185 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it slow automatically when turning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the seat swivel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The high-back seat swivels and is height adjustable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours does MoveSmart currently carry?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart currently lists Ocean Blue, Gold, Tuscan Red, Midnight Blue and Fairway Green variants, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this mobility scooter available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe can and do deliver to customers across New Zealand — however, mobility scooters and power chairs are more complex products and can be sizeable, so we generally recommend finding a local retailer who can provide hands-on service and ongoing support. It is also a good idea to test-drive or trial a mobility scooter before committing to a purchase. MoveSmart focuses its sales and servicing within the Central Plateau region, but we are always happy to chat. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/pages\/contact\"\u003eGet in touch\u003c\/a\u003e and we can offer advice, suggest a trusted dealer closer to you, or work with you to tailor a solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eS745B\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e159 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to approx. 45 km\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 185 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGround clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 9.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDC 24V, 400W rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 12V 75Ah\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 64 cm wide x 140 cm long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.9 cm (11\") pneumatic tyres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMoveSmart colours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOcean Blue, Gold, Tuscan Red, Midnight Blue, Fairway Green\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Merits","offers":[{"title":"Ocean Blue","offer_id":42480781787211,"sku":"GF-MERITSRDSTR-OB","price":5900.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold","offer_id":41676850462795,"sku":"GF-MERITSRDSTR-G","price":5900.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Tuscan Red","offer_id":41676850495563,"sku":"GF-MERITSRDSTR-TR","price":5900.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Midnight Blue","offer_id":41676850528331,"sku":"GF-MERITSRDSTR-MB","price":5900.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Fairway Green","offer_id":42480781754443,"sku":"GF-MERITSRDSTR-FG","price":5900.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Merits_Roadster_Ocean_Blue.jpg?v=1779423863"},{"product_id":"merits-cross-country-mobility-scooter","title":"Merits Cross Country Mobility Scooter","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMerits Cross Country Mobility Scooter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eMerits Cross Country Mobility Scooter\u003c\/strong\u003e is the high-capacity outdoor model in MoveSmart's Merits range. It is built for users who need a substantial four-wheel scooter with a \u003cstrong\u003e227 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e, independent suspension, 35.6 cm (14\") pneumatic tyres and the option of either a single or twin seat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003e650W rated motor\u003c\/strong\u003e and 160A controller provide the drivetrain, while the wide wheelbase and suspension on all four wheels make the Cross Country better suited to longer outdoor journeys and suitable uneven surfaces than a compact or mid-size scooter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere the Cross Country Fits in the Merits Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/merits-yoga-portable-travel-scooter\"\u003eYoga\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e is the compact folding travel model. The \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/merits-roadster-mobility-scooter\"\u003eRoadster\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/merits-indigo-mobility-scooter\"\u003eIndigo\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e are mid-size everyday scooters. The \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/merits-urban-mobility-scooter\"\u003eUrban\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e is the long-range all-round community model. The \u003cstrong\u003eCross Country\u003c\/strong\u003e is the high-capacity outdoor choice, particularly where a 227 kg user rating or twin-seat option is important.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the Cross Country when carrying capacity, suspension and outdoor stability matter more than compact dimensions. Its overall size and turning circle mean it needs more room to manoeuvre and store than the smaller Merits scooters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIndependent Suspension and 35.6 cm (14\") Pneumatic Tyres\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIndependent front and rear suspension, with shock absorption at all four wheels, works with \u003cstrong\u003e35.6 cm (14\") pneumatic tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e to provide cushioning on suitable outdoor surfaces. Pneumatic tyres generally give a softer ride than solid tyres, but they also require normal pressure checks and can puncture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e15 km\/h Maximum Speed\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Cross Country has a maximum speed of approximately \u003cstrong\u003e15 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e, giving it a higher cruising speed than many conventional mobility scooters while retaining the substantial chassis, suspension and carrying capacity expected from this heavy-duty model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e50 km Stated Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Cross Country is listed with a maximum travel range of up to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e50 km\u003c\/strong\u003e under suitable conditions. Actual range varies with user weight, passenger load where applicable, terrain, gradients, tyre pressure, battery condition, temperature and driving style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSingle-Seat and Twin-Seat Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart carries both single-seat and twin-seat configurations. The twin-seat option is intended for users who specifically need side-by-side seating and have sufficient storage and manoeuvring space for the wider setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe scooter's overall maximum load remains important; do not assume the twin-seat version doubles the rated carrying capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e227 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum speed approximately 15 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e650W rated motor\u003c\/strong\u003e with 160A controller.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependent front and rear suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e with shock absorbers on all four wheels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e35.6 cm (14\") pneumatic tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to approximately 50 km stated range\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic half-speed turning sensor\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectromagnetic braking\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED lighting system\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight-adjustable seat and tiller\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully adjustable armrests\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDashboard storage and large front basket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 cm ground clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSingle-seat and twin-seat options\u003c\/strong\u003e through MoveSmart.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Cross_Country_User_Manual.pdf?v=1756198480\" title=\"Merits S344A Cross Country Owners Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eMerits S344A Cross Country Scooter Owners Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/VxVyUdu7j2E?si=WKN06ABwhwNy3r6X\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Merits Cross Country best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits users who need a high-capacity outdoor mobility scooter with substantial suspension, large pneumatic tyres and more carrying capability than a typical mid-size scooter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the Merits Urban?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Cross Country has the higher 227 kg user rating and a twin-seat option. The Urban is a newer single-seat all-rounder with a 182 kg rating and up to 56 km stated range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e227 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 15 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow far can it travel on one charge?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to approximately 50 km under suitable conditions. Actual range varies with load, terrain, gradients, tyre pressure, battery condition, temperature and driving style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat motor does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA 24V DC motor rated at 650W, with a 160A controller.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the tyres?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e35.6 cm (14\") pneumatic tyres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have suspension?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Independent front and rear suspension with shock absorbers on all four wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the ground clearance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 10 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the turning radius?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 167 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it slow automatically in turns?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. An automatic half-speed turning sensor reduces speed in corners.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre single and twin seats available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. MoveSmart carries both configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours are available through MoveSmart?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCurrent MoveSmart variants are Maroon and Navy, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this mobility scooter available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe can and do deliver to customers across New Zealand — however, mobility scooters and power chairs are more complex products and can be sizeable, so we generally recommend finding a local retailer who can provide hands-on service and ongoing support. It is also a good idea to test-drive or trial a mobility scooter before committing to a purchase. MoveSmart focuses its sales and servicing within the Central Plateau region, but we are always happy to chat. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/pages\/contact\"\u003eGet in touch\u003c\/a\u003e and we can offer advice, suggest a trusted dealer closer to you, or work with you to tailor a solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eS344A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e227 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 15 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to approx. 50 km\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 167 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGround clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 10 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDC 24V, 650W rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eController\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 71 cm wide x 152 cm long x 135 cm high (single-seat configuration)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35.6 cm (14\") pneumatic tyres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMoveSmart variants\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaroon or Navy; Single Seat or Twin Seat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Merits","offers":[{"title":"Maroon \/ Single Seat","offer_id":41676850626635,"sku":"GF-MRTCC-M-SS","price":7990.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Maroon \/ Twin Seat","offer_id":41676850561099,"sku":"GF-MRTCC-M-TS","price":8990.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Navy \/ Single Seat","offer_id":41676850659403,"sku":"GF-MRTCC-N-SS","price":7990.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Navy \/ Twin Seat","offer_id":41676850593867,"sku":"GF-MRTCC-N-TS","price":8990.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/5e3b1d44-e674b4_0427c98a8d764b6e98aac3762b33bea0_mv2.jpg?v=1754901815"},{"product_id":"freiheit-freedom-lightweight-manual-wheelchair","title":"Freiheit Freedom Lightweight Manual Wheelchair","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLightweight Self-Propelled Wheelchair in Three Seat Widths\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFreiheit Freedom\u003c\/strong\u003e is a folding self-propelled manual wheelchair designed for everyday mobility, car transport and situations where both independent propulsion and attendant assistance may be useful. It is available in \u003cstrong\u003e40, 45 and 50 cm seat widths\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing the chair to be matched more closely to the user's body size than a one-size wheelchair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLarge 61 cm (24\") quick-release rear wheels allow the user to self-propel, while attendant push handles and a two-stage braking system support caregiver use. Flip-back desk-length armrests and swing-away detachable legrests make side access, transfers and positioning easier, and the frame folds down for storage or vehicle transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the Correct Seat Width\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeat width is one of the most important wheelchair fit measurements. The chair should provide enough room for comfortable sitting and clothing without leaving so much side-to-side space that posture and arm access are compromised. MoveSmart offers 40, 45 and 50 cm options; if you are unsure which is appropriate, measure the user's seated hip width and allow sensible clearance rather than simply choosing the widest chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOverall wheelchair width increases with seat width, so also check doorways, hallways, vehicle storage and the places the chair will regularly be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDesigned for Everyday Transport and Access\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Freedom is a practical folding everyday wheelchair rather than an ultralight rigid chair. Quick-release rear wheels reduce transport bulk, the frame folds to approximately 30 cm wide, and the swing-away legrests can be removed for easier loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSolid PU tyres avoid punctures and routine tyre inflation, while the 20.3 cm (8\") front castors suit typical indoor surfaces and formed outdoor paths. For rougher terrain or highly active independent wheelchair use, a more specialised chair may be worth considering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree seat widths:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40, 45 and 50 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum user weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 110 kg across all sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-propelled:\u003c\/strong\u003e 61 cm (24\") quick-release rear wheels with hand rims.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront castors:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20.3 cm (8\") (20.3 cm) TPR.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttendant braking:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two-stage one-touch braking system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArmrests:\u003c\/strong\u003e Padded flip-back desk-length design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLegrests:\u003c\/strong\u003e Swing-away, detachable and length adjustable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFootplate adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 40–48 cm in 2 cm increments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-tip bars:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included for additional rear stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolding frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approx. 30 cm folded width.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Freiheit_Freedom_lightweight_manual_wheelchair_Owners_Manual.pdf?v=1756719654\" title=\"Freiheit Freedom Lightweight Manual Wheelchair Owners Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eFreiheit Freedom Lightweight Manual Wheelchair Owners Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Freiheit Freedom self-propelled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The 61 cm (24\") rear wheels have hand rims so the user can propel the chair, while attendant handles and brakes allow caregiver assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I choose between the 40, 45 and 50 cm seat widths?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the user's seated hip width and choose a chair that provides comfortable clearance without excessive side-to-side space. Also check the resulting overall chair width against doorways and other access points.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the overall width of each size?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 59 cm for the 40 cm seat, 64 cm for the 45 cm seat and 69 cm for the 50 cm seat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAll three seat-width options have a maximum user weight of 110 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo the rear wheels come off for transport?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The 61 cm (24\") rear wheels use quick-release axles, which helps reduce transport bulk.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow narrow is the wheelchair when folded?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe published folded width is approximately 30 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo the legrests remove?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. They swing away and detach, and the footplate length can be adjusted.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo the armrests move out of the way?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The desk-length armrests flip back, which can improve access alongside tables and during suitable transfers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat type of tyres does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe chair uses solid PU rear tyres and TPR front castors, so there is no pneumatic tyre pressure to maintain and no puncture risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this designed for rough outdoor terrain?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is primarily an everyday folding wheelchair for indoor use and formed outdoor surfaces. Rough or uneven terrain may call for a chair designed specifically for that environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs there an owner's manual?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Freiheit Freedom owner's manual is linked above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e40 cm\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e45 cm\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e50 cm\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e64 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e69 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e107 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e107 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e107 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e91 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e91 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e91 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFolded width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRear \/ front wheels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"3\"\u003e61 cm (24\") \/ 20.3 cm (8\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Freiheit","offers":[{"title":"400mm","offer_id":41676852559947,"sku":"CUB-FH400","price":599.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"450mm","offer_id":41676852658251,"sku":"CUB-FH450","price":599.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"500mm","offer_id":41676852723787,"sku":"CUB-FH500","price":599.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/4d489e76-e674b4_7f40209faf8144b0baad4e82cac4be15_mv2.jpg?v=1754901815"},{"product_id":"travelscoot-escape-ultralight-travel-scooter","title":"TravelScoot Escape Ultralight Travel Scooter","description":"\u003ch2\u003eTravelScoot Escape Ultralight Travel Scooter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eTravelScoot Escape\u003c\/strong\u003e is an exceptionally lightweight folding mobility scooter designed around portability rather than the bulk and comfort features of a conventional full-size scooter. TravelScoot lists the complete scooter at approximately \u003cstrong\u003e14.8 kg including its lithium battery\u003c\/strong\u003e, while the basic aluminium frame weighs under 10 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe single-hinge frame folds compactly and the seat assembly can be removed for transport. This makes the Escape particularly appealing for users who expect to lift the scooter into a vehicle, store it in a smaller space or take it on road trips, cruises and other travel where overall weight matters as much as driving performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy the Escape Is Different from a Conventional Mobility Scooter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMost mobility scooters gain comfort and stability by adding weight through body panels, suspension, larger seats and heavier battery systems. The TravelScoot takes the opposite approach: a minimalist aircraft-grade aluminium-style frame, removable components and a compact footprint keep the scooter unusually light.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trade-off is that it feels more open and less substantial than a traditional mobility scooter. If you value a high-backed seat, extensive suspension or a larger enclosed platform, another scooter may suit better. If lifting and transport are the priority, the Escape's low weight is its main advantage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFolding and Lifting for Travel\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Escape folds around a single central hinge and the seat assembly can be removed, allowing the user or carer to handle lighter sections rather than lifting a bulky conventional scooter as one piece. The current TravelScoot manual lists folded dimensions of approximately \u003cstrong\u003e72 × 53 × 27 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEven a lightweight scooter should be assessed against the person who will actually lift it. Before relying on the Escape for frequent vehicle transport, consider the boot opening, lift height and whether the person handling the scooter can safely manage the weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBattery Options and Real-World Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTravelScoot offers different lithium battery capacities, so range depends on the battery supplied. Current manual examples run from roughly \u003cstrong\u003e10–11 km\u003c\/strong\u003e with the smaller 151Wh battery to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e15–18 km\u003c\/strong\u003e with a mid-size option and around \u003cstrong\u003e27–30 km\u003c\/strong\u003e with a larger 420Wh battery under test conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eActual range varies with user weight, terrain, gradients, tyre condition, temperature, stops and starts and battery age. Confirm the battery supplied with the scooter if range is important to your intended use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTravel and Airline Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Escape's lithium batteries are designed with travel in mind, but airline lithium-battery limits differ by carrier and battery capacity. Do not assume every TravelScoot battery option can automatically be carried on every flight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBefore air travel, identify the battery's watt-hour rating and obtain approval from the airline. The battery may also need to be removed and carried in accordance with the airline's dangerous-goods rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApproximately 14.8 kg complete weight\u003c\/strong\u003e, including battery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBasic frame under 10 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle-hinge folding aluminium frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable seat assembly for easier transport.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum speed approximately 6 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended and warranted user weight up to approximately 155 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable handlebar and seat height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact folded dimensions of approximately 72 × 53 × 27 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e200W, 24V DC motor on the Escape model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear-wheel band braking system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLithium battery options vary by current supply and required range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/travelscoot-shopping-cruiser-escape-manual-en.pdf?v=1756776777\" title=\"TravelScoot Escape Owners Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eTravelScoot Escape Owners Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/g7R6av2BbMI?si=m3MHW0vlYIxYIPaY\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow light is the TravelScoot Escape?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTravelScoot lists the complete scooter at approximately 14.8 kg including its lithium battery. The basic frame weighs under 10 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow small does it fold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe current TravelScoot manual lists folded dimensions of approximately 72 cm long × 53 cm wide × 27 cm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the scooter dismantle for transport?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame folds around a single hinge and the seat assembly can be removed. This allows lighter components to be handled separately when loading or storing the scooter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Escape model is listed at approximately 6 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow far can it travel on one charge?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRange depends on the battery supplied. TravelScoot's current manual gives examples ranging from approximately 10–11 km with its smaller 151Wh battery to around 15–18 km with a mid-size battery and 27–30 km with its larger 420Wh battery under test conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat user weight does TravelScoot recommend?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTravelScoot states that the Escape is recommended and warranted for users up to approximately 155 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat type of motor does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Escape is listed with a 24V DC, 200W motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat braking system does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe current TravelScoot manual describes a band brake at each rear wheel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the TravelScoot designed mainly for indoor use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is intended as a portable travel scooter for suitable indoor and outdoor environments, but it is not an all-terrain scooter and should be used on surfaces appropriate to its wheel and frame design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it compare with a conventional folding mobility scooter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Escape prioritises very low weight and a minimalist frame. Conventional folding scooters may offer more enclosed bodywork, larger seating or different suspension, but are usually heavier to lift and transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the TravelScoot Escape be taken on an aeroplane?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePotentially, depending on the battery and airline. Lithium-battery limits and approval requirements vary, so check the battery watt-hour rating and obtain confirmation from your airline before travelling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould I trial the TravelScoot before buying?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes where practical. The open lightweight design feels different from a conventional scooter, so a trial is useful if seat comfort, control position, stability or lifting weight are important.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this mobility scooter available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe can and do deliver to customers across New Zealand — however, mobility scooters and power chairs are more complex products and can be sizeable, so we generally recommend finding a local retailer who can provide hands-on service and ongoing support. It is also a good idea to test-drive or trial a mobility scooter before committing to a purchase. MoveSmart focuses its sales and servicing within the Central Plateau region, but we are always happy to chat. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/pages\/contact\"\u003eGet in touch\u003c\/a\u003e and we can offer advice, suggest a trusted dealer closer to you, or work with you to tailor a solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eComplete weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 14.8 kg including battery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBasic frame weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder 10 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended \/ warranted user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to approx. 155 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 6 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFolded dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. L 72 × W 53 × H 27 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUnfolded dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. L 92 × W 53 × H 74–93 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 47–52 cm, with further optional adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24V DC, 200W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrakes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBand brake at each rear wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLithium-ion; capacity and range depend on current battery option\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"TravelScoot","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676853215307,"sku":"TS-ESCAPE","price":5195.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/15596be2-e674b4_f9326d8944fb4b058310f9cdebb9221f_mv2.jpg?v=1754901815"},{"product_id":"casero-duo-plus-bed","title":"Casero Duo Plus Bed","description":"\u003ch2\u003eCasero Duo Plus Double and Queen Electric Care Bed\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eCasero Duo Plus\u003c\/strong\u003e is a wide electric care bed for people who need significantly more sleeping space than a Single or Super Single care bed can provide. Available from MoveSmart in \u003cstrong\u003eDouble and Queen\u003c\/strong\u003e sizes, it combines a generous platform with powered height adjustment, backrest and knee positioning, Trendelenburg\/reverse Trendelenburg and a substantial \u003cstrong\u003e450 kg safe working load\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIts width makes the Duo Plus particularly relevant for larger users, people who want more room to turn and reposition, or couples who need a wider care-bed platform while retaining the adjustment and access features of a clinical-style bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWide Care-Bed Platform for More Sleeping Space\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eDouble\u003c\/strong\u003e has a sleeping surface approximately \u003cstrong\u003e135 cm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e, while the \u003cstrong\u003eQueen\u003c\/strong\u003e increases this to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e150 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e. Both extend in length from around 200 to 220 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat extra width changes more than comfort. A larger bed also affects room layout, access for carers and the space available for hoists, transfer equipment or bedside furniture. Before ordering, it is worth measuring the whole working area around the bed rather than checking mattress dimensions alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eElectric Height Adjustment for Transfers and Bedside Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe current Cubro specification table gives a mattress-platform height range of approximately \u003cstrong\u003e26–66 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e. That allows the bed to be lowered for suitable transfers and raised to a more practical height for dressing, personal care, repositioning and bedding changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA note on the low-height figure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cubro's current feature list also refers to an ultra-low height of 18.4 cm, while the same page's specification table gives 26–66 cm for both Double and Queen. Until that discrepancy is clarified, MoveSmart uses the 26–66 cm table value rather than presenting 18.4 cm as confirmed for these variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBackrest and Knee-Break Positioning\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe backrest raises to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e65°\u003c\/strong\u003e and the knee section to around \u003cstrong\u003e32°\u003c\/strong\u003e. These sections can be used to move from a flat sleeping position into a more upright posture for reading, meals or conversation, or to change leg position without simply tilting the whole bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause the Duo Plus is a genuine profiling care bed, these adjustments are intended to work together with a suitable profiling mattress rather than a conventional rigid mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTrendelenburg and Reverse Trendelenburg\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe complete mattress platform can tilt through approximately \u003cstrong\u003e±12°\u003c\/strong\u003e. This gives the Duo Plus both Trendelenburg and reverse Trendelenburg positions in addition to the individual back and knee adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf a particular tilt position has been recommended for a medical or care reason, follow the advice of the relevant health professional. The value of the feature for most buyers is the additional positioning flexibility it adds to the bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eExtendable for Taller Users\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe sleeping platform extends from approximately \u003cstrong\u003e200 cm to 220 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e in 10 cm or 20 cm increments. The integrated extension includes a foot-end mattress retainer so the frame can be lengthened without replacing the complete bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA suitable mattress or extension arrangement still needs to match the chosen platform length, so confirm the mattress setup when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCentral Braking and Under-Bed Access\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003ecentral braking system\u003c\/strong\u003e is operated from the foot end, making it easier to secure the bed's castors together after it has been repositioned. Full under-bed clearance also helps when compatible mobile lifting equipment or close bedside access is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bed includes a CPR backrest function that allows the back section to be lowered quickly toward flat when emergency access is required. Follow the user guide for correct operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHigh-Capacity Care Bed\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Duo Plus has a \u003cstrong\u003e450 kg safe working load\u003c\/strong\u003e and a maximum user weight of \u003cstrong\u003e410 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e. Safe working load includes the load carried by the bed as a system, so it should not be treated as simply another wording for user weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor a higher-capacity bed, mattress selection, transfers and room layout are especially important. MoveSmart can help confirm the bed size and compatible mattress before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble and Queen size options\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e450 kg safe working load\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e410 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMattress platform approximately \u003cstrong\u003e26–66 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e based on Cubro's current specification table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackrest adjustment to approximately 65°\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKnee-break adjustment to approximately 32°\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e±12° Trendelenburg and reverse Trendelenburg\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSleeping length extends approximately \u003cstrong\u003e200–220 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentral braking\u003c\/strong\u003e at the foot end.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCPR backrest function\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull under-bed clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for larger users, couples or anyone requiring a wider care-bed platform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/38031caseroduoplususerguidefinalpdf.pdf?v=1756980395\" title=\"Casero Duo Plus Double and Queen Bed User Guide\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eCasero Duo Plus Double and Queen Bed User Guide\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing Double or Queen\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Double provides a 135 cm sleeping width in a bed approximately 149 cm wide overall. The Queen increases the sleeping surface to 150 cm and overall width to approximately 163 cm. Both provide the same core powered functions and load ratings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose according to the user's space requirements and the bedroom itself. The wider Queen can provide welcome extra room, but only if there is still adequate access around the bed for transfers, care and equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat sizes are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart offers Double and Queen variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the safe working load?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe safe working load is 450 kg for both sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maximum user weight is 410 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the platform-height range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart uses approximately 26–66 cm, which is the range in Cubro's current specification table for these Double and Queen variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy does some Casero Duo Plus information mention 18.4 cm?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCubro's current page contains two different figures: its feature list refers to 18.4 cm, while its Double and Queen specification table gives 26–66 cm. MoveSmart uses the table value until that discrepancy is clarified.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the Double sleeping width?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 135 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the Queen sleeping width?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 150 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the bed length be extended?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The sleeping platform extends from approximately 200–220 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have Trendelenburg positioning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Powered Trendelenburg and reverse Trendelenburg are available through approximately ±12°.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the backrest and knee angles?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe backrest adjusts to approximately 65° and the knee section to approximately 32°.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have central braking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The central braking system is operated from the foot-end area.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan a mattress be purchased separately?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Mattress suitability depends on the selected bed width and profiling requirements, so confirm the exact required mattress before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs there a user guide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The existing Casero Duo Plus user guide is linked above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan MoveSmart arrange supply in New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Duo Plus is an order-in care bed and MoveSmart can discuss current supply and delivery arrangements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDouble\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQueen\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafe working load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e410 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e410 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e149 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e163 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSleeping width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e135 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSleeping length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200–220 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200–220 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMattress platform height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26–66 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26–66 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBack \/ knee angle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65° \/ 32°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65° \/ 32°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTrendelenburg\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"2\"\u003e±12°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Casero","offers":[{"title":"Double","offer_id":41676853280843,"sku":"CUB-CASERODUODBL","price":9100.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Queen","offer_id":41676853313611,"sku":"CUB-CASERODUOQN","price":9900.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/45a97e3b-e674b4_692e15b0c48746a9afd3de28e15b88c2_mv2.jpg?v=1754901818"},{"product_id":"byacre-carbon-ultralight-walker","title":"byACRE Carbon Ultralight Walker","description":"\u003ch2\u003ebyACRE Carbon Ultralight Walker\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ebyACRE Carbon Ultralight\u003c\/strong\u003e is a premium carbon-fibre rollator built around one very practical idea: make a supportive four-wheel walker light enough that transport does not become a chore. The Narrow\/Compact and Regular versions weigh approximately \u003cstrong\u003e4.8 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, while the Wide Track version is around \u003cstrong\u003e4.9 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, making the range especially appealing to users who regularly lift a walker into a car or take it on trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLow weight is only part of the design. Forward-facing ergonomic handles, hidden brake cables, puncture-proof 20 cm wheels and three different track widths allow the Carbon Ultralight to work as an everyday walking aid rather than simply a lightweight travel frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eExceptionally Light for Everyday Transport\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA rollator may be easy to walk with but frustrating to own if it is difficult to lift into a boot, carry up a few steps or move between transport connections. At under 5 kg without accessories, the Carbon Ultralight removes much of that handling weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame also folds to around \u003cstrong\u003e25 cm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e, so it takes up less space beside furniture or in a vehicle. For users who travel regularly or have a smaller car, that combination of low weight and narrow folded size is one of its biggest advantages.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThree Sizes Rather Than One\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Carbon Ultralight is available from MoveSmart in \u003cstrong\u003eNarrow, Regular and Wide Track\u003c\/strong\u003e versions. This is more than a simple colour choice: overall width, seat width and the space between the handles change between sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Narrow\/Compact version is the easiest fit through tighter spaces and has the lower seat height. Regular suits many average-size users, while Wide Track provides more room between the handles and a wider seat. Choosing the right track size helps the user stay comfortably positioned within the frame rather than walking too far behind or feeling cramped.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eForward-Facing Ergonomic Handles\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe handles point forward rather than extending sideways like many traditional rollators. This encourages the hands and body to stay closer to the frame, which can make steering feel more direct and helps avoid the tendency to reach too far ahead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHandle height adjusts to suit the different frame sizes, and the brake cables are routed inside the design to keep the exterior clean and reduce loose cabling around the user's hands.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePuncture-Proof Wheels for Urban and Everyday Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 20 cm PUR\/rubber wheels are puncture-proof and designed to absorb some vibration without the maintenance of air-filled tyres. They are well suited to indoor floors, footpaths, shops, paved areas and ordinary community walking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor frequent grass, gravel or rougher outdoor routes, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/byacre-carbon-overland-walker\"\u003eCarbon Overland\u003c\/a\u003e's larger pneumatic tyres provide more terrain cushioning. The Ultralight's strength is portability and everyday manoeuvrability rather than maximum off-road ability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBuilt-In Seat\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA built-in seat provides a place to rest when the rollator is safely stopped and the brakes are applied. Seat dimensions vary by track size, so the wider model is not simply a wider walking frame — it also gives more seated space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarbon-fibre frame\u003c\/strong\u003e for very low carrying weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApprox. 4.8–4.9 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e depending on track size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e130 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e across all sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree track sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e: Narrow\/Compact, Regular and Wide Track.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eForward-facing ergonomic handles\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHidden brake cables\u003c\/strong\u003e for a clean frame layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20 cm puncture-proof PUR\/rubber wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApprox. 25 cm folded width\u003c\/strong\u003e for transport and storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in seat\u003c\/strong\u003e for rest breaks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEight MoveSmart colour options\u003c\/strong\u003e across the current range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCarbon Ultralight, Carbon Overland or Nordic Pioneer?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eCarbon Ultralight\u003c\/strong\u003e when low carrying weight, compact folding and urban\/everyday use are the priorities. The \u003cstrong\u003eCarbon Overland\u003c\/strong\u003e adds larger pneumatic tyres for rougher outdoor terrain, while the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/byacre-nordic-pioneer\"\u003eNordic Pioneer\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e uses a 5.9 kg aluminium\/EPP frame with larger puncture-proof wheels for a middle ground between portability and mixed-surface use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"byACRE Carbon Ultralight Walkers\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Carbon-Ultralight-User-Manual-Rev1.5.pdf?v=1756719130\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ebyACRE Carbon Ultralight Walkers Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/A-vw9Wlgw_A?si=udabaKRFOPataUrL\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompatible Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese accessories are compatible with the byACRE Carbon Ultralight. Choose the correct size where an accessory has Compact\/Regular or Wide Track options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/byacre-ultralight-backrest\"\u003ebyACRE Ultralight Padded Backrest\u003c\/a\u003e — size-specific padded support for seated rests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/byacre-ultralight-cane-holder\"\u003ebyACRE Ultralight Cane Holder\u003c\/a\u003e — left\/right options for carrying a walking stick.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/byacre-ultralight-travel-bag\"\u003ebyACRE Ultralight Travel Bag\u003c\/a\u003e — padded protection for the folded walker.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/byacre-ultralight-organiser-bag\"\u003ebyACRE Ultralight Organiser Bag\u003c\/a\u003e — compact storage in size-specific options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/byacre-grocery-bag\"\u003ebyACRE Grocery Bag\u003c\/a\u003e — removable everyday shopping storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/byacre-weekend-bag\"\u003ebyACRE Weekend Bag\u003c\/a\u003e — larger removable carry bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/byacre-cup-holder\"\u003ebyACRE Cup Holder\u003c\/a\u003e — keeps a drink within reach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/byacre-service-kit\"\u003ebyACRE Service Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — maintenance\/service hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/byacre-carbon-ultralight-touch-up-pen\"\u003ebyACRE Carbon Ultralight Touch-Up Pen\u003c\/a\u003e — colour-matched cosmetic repair pen for superficial frame scratches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/walker-accessories\"\u003eBrowse all Walker \u0026amp; Rollator Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does the Carbon Ultralight weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Narrow\/Compact and Regular versions weigh approximately 4.8 kg without accessories. The Wide Track version is approximately 4.9 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maximum user weight is 130 kg for all three track sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat sizes are available through MoveSmart?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart carries Narrow, Regular and Wide Track variants. The Narrow option corresponds to the compact track format.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the handle-height ranges?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Narrow\/Compact version adjusts from approximately 79–91 cm. Regular and Wide Track versions adjust from approximately 80–95 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow wide are the seats?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeat width is approximately 41 cm for Narrow\/Compact, 42 cm for Regular and 47 cm for Wide Track.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the seat heights?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeat height is approximately 56 cm for Narrow\/Compact and 61 cm for Regular and Wide Track.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow wide is the walker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOverall width is approximately 61.5 cm for Narrow\/Compact, 62.5 cm for Regular and 67.5 cm for Wide Track.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow compact is it when folded?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe folded width is approximately 25 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe wheels are approximately 20 cm in diameter and use a puncture-proof PUR\/rubber construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have a seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A built-in seat allows the user to stop and rest when the walker is safely parked.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the walker arrive assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Carbon Ultralight is supplied assembled; unfold it and adjust the handles before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours does MoveSmart carry?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe current MoveSmart variants include Pale Rose, Champagne Gold, Morning Blue, Oyster White, British Racing Green, Royal Blue, Carbon Black and Strawberry Red, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan accessories be added?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Compatible byACRE accessories include bags, backrests, cane holders, cup holders and travel accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNarrow \/ Compact\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRegular\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWide Track\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight without accessories\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.9 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e79–91 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80–95 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80–95 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e67.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e66 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e66 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e66 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFolded width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheel diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon fibre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon fibre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon fibre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"byACRE","offers":[{"title":"Pale Rose \/ Regular","offer_id":41686561488971,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-PRR","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pale Rose \/ Narrow","offer_id":41686561521739,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-PRN","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pale Rose \/ Wide Track","offer_id":41686561554507,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-PRWT","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Champagne Gold \/ Regular","offer_id":41686561587275,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-CGR","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Champagne Gold \/ Narrow","offer_id":41686561620043,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-CGN","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Champagne Gold \/ Wide Track","offer_id":41686561652811,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-CGWT","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Morning Blue \/ Regular","offer_id":41686561685579,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-MBR","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Morning Blue \/ Narrow","offer_id":41686561718347,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-MBN","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Morning Blue \/ Wide Track","offer_id":41686561751115,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-MBWT","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Oyster White \/ Regular","offer_id":41686561783883,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-OWR","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Oyster White \/ Narrow","offer_id":41686561816651,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-OWN","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Oyster White \/ Wide Track","offer_id":41686561849419,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-OWWT","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"British Racing Green \/ Regular","offer_id":41686561882187,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-BRGR","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"British Racing Green \/ Narrow","offer_id":41686561914955,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-BRGN","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"British Racing Green \/ Wide Track","offer_id":41686561947723,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-BRGWT","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Royal Blue \/ Regular","offer_id":41686561980491,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-RBR","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Royal Blue \/ Narrow","offer_id":41686562013259,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-RBNN","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Royal Blue \/ Wide Track","offer_id":41686562046027,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-RBWT","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Carbon Black \/ Regular","offer_id":41686562078795,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-CBR","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Carbon Black \/ Narrow","offer_id":41686562111563,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-CBN","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Carbon Black \/ Wide Track","offer_id":41686562144331,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-CBWT","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Strawberry Red \/ Regular","offer_id":41686562177099,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-SRR","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Strawberry Red \/ Narrow","offer_id":41686562209867,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-SRN","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Strawberry Red \/ Wide Track","offer_id":41686562242635,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-SRWT","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/01aa3b8e-e674b4_7f6325b414924476a85f82e933b68c58_mv2.webp?v=1754901818"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-shower-chair-with-back-and-arms","title":"Heavy Duty Shower Chair with Back and Arms","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern Heavy Duty Shower Chair with Back and Arms\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Heavy Duty Shower Chair with Back and Arms\u003c\/strong\u003e is built for users who need a higher-capacity seated showering option. Its reinforced aluminium frame uses a cross-brace design for additional rigidity while keeping the chair relatively lightweight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe non-slip plastic seat and backrest include drainage openings, and the legs are height adjustable with rubber tips for stable contact on suitable bathroom floors. The maximum user weight is \u003cstrong\u003e227 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e227 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced aluminium frame\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCross-brace construction\u003c\/strong\u003e for additional frame rigidity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-slip plastic seat and backrest\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrainage openings\u003c\/strong\u003e in the seating surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight-adjustable legs\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-slip rubber tips\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNatural curved seating surfaces\u003c\/strong\u003e for everyday comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e46.5 cm width between the arms\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.3 kg product weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12-month warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Goldfern Heavy Duty Shower Chair?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis model provides more user capacity than the standard Goldfern shower chair while retaining height adjustment, a backrest and arm supports. The reinforced aluminium frame and cross-brace layout provide a stronger seated showering platform without the weight of a heavy steel frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eComfortable Positioning in the Shower\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHeavy Duty Shower Chair with Back and Arms can make washing more manageable by providing a defined seated position and reducing the time a person needs to remain standing on a wet surface. When choosing a shower seat, consider the user’s preferred transfer direction, the amount of trunk or arm support required, and whether a caregiver needs room to assist from the front or side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the shower area carefully, including door openings, wall clearances and the location of taps or screens. Height-adjustable models should be set level, with every adjustment point fully engaged. Wall-mounted products require installation into a structurally suitable surface by a competent installer. Keep rubber feet or contact surfaces clean and inspect the seat regularly so it remains stable during everyday use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e227 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the adjustable seat-height range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 36–51 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does the chair weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 3.3 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the width between the arms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 46.5 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the frame made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReinforced aluminium.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the cross-brace do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cross-brace adds rigidity to the frame and supports the chair's higher user-weight capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the chair have a backrest?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It includes a plastic backrest as well as a seat and arm supports.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes water drain through the seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The seat and backrest include drainage openings so water can pass through rather than pooling on the surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the legs height adjustable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat type of feet does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe legs are fitted with non-slip rubber tips for grip on suitable bathroom floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should the chair be set up before use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eConfirm all legs are adjusted securely, the chair sits level and stable, and all rubber tips are in firm contact with the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this the same as Goldfern's heavy-duty shower stool?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This listing is for the Heavy Duty Shower Chair with a backrest and arms. It is a separate product from Goldfern's heavy-duty shower stool.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e12 months.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be delivered across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Goldfern Heavy Duty Shower Chair with Back and Arms is available to ship NZ-wide from MoveSmart.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e227 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustable seat height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36–51 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet product weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth between arms\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReinforced aluminium with cross-brace\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat and backrest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip plastic with drainage openings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber tips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676855509067,"sku":"GF-HDBATHCH","price":170.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/61e6c131-e674b4_5686815db29744fa85562f0080572fa2_mv2.jpg?v=1754901823"},{"product_id":"mobility-steps","title":"Mobility Steps","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern Mobility Steps for Safer Everyday Access\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Mobility Steps\u003c\/strong\u003e provide a stable raised platform for situations where a small change in level is difficult to manage. Their lightweight rust-free aluminium frame combines a non-slip foot mat with rubber feet, and the range includes options with or without a supporting handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree configurations are available: \u003cstrong\u003eFixed Height without Handle\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eFixed Height with Handle\u003c\/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Height with Handle\u003c\/strong\u003e. This makes it possible to choose a simple low step or a model with an additional handhold and greater platform height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the Right Mobility Step\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fixed-height models place the foot plate approximately \u003cstrong\u003e14 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e above the floor. Choose the version without a handle when a compact platform is all that is required, or the handled version when a handhold is useful while stepping up or down.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe adjustable handled model raises the platform to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e20–25 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e. Because that is a noticeably larger step, it is important to choose a height that matches the user's ability and the access problem being addressed rather than assuming a higher platform is automatically better.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eStable Platform with a Large Foot Area\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe foot plate measures approximately \u003cstrong\u003e45 × 32 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e, giving the user a defined standing area once they have stepped onto the platform. The non-slip mat increases underfoot grip, while rubber feet help the frame remain stable on a suitable level floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe published maximum user weight is \u003cstrong\u003e159 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e. The step should always sit level with all feet firmly on the floor before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eUsing the Handle Safely\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe handled models provide a convenient handhold during the stepping movement, but the handle should not be confused with a permanently installed grab rail. The user still needs sufficient balance and stepping ability for the task, and the product should not be used where a more substantial transfer or access solution is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree configurations:\u003c\/strong\u003e fixed without handle, fixed with handle, and adjustable with handle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRust-free aluminium frame\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-slip foot mat\u003c\/strong\u003e across the standing platform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-slip rubber feet\u003c\/strong\u003e for suitable level floors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e45 × 32 cm foot plate\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e14 cm fixed platform height\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20–25 cm adjustable platform height\u003c\/strong\u003e on the adjustable model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e159 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApprox. 3.65 kg product weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat versions are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose fixed height without a handle, fixed height with a handle, or adjustable height with a handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow high is the fixed-height step?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fixed-height foot plate is approximately 14 cm from the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow high is the adjustable model?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe adjustable handled model can be set from approximately 20 to 25 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size is the foot plate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe foot plate measures approximately 45 × 32 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe published maximum user weight is 159 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo the steps have a non-slip surface?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The platform has a non-slip foot mat and the frame has non-slip rubber feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich model should I choose if I want a handhold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose either of the handled versions. The fixed model keeps the 14 cm step height, while the adjustable model provides a higher 20–25 cm platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs a higher adjustable step always better?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A higher step requires greater leg lift and balance. Choose the lowest practical height that solves the access problem and suits the user's ability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the handle be used like a fixed grab rail?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It provides a handhold as part of the step, but it is not a permanently mounted grab rail or a substitute for a more substantial transfer aid where one is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the frame suitable for bathroom use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame is rust-free aluminium, but any wet-area use still requires a suitable level surface. Keep the feet and floor clean and confirm the step is stable before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does the product weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGoldfern lists a product weight of approximately 3.65 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I check before each use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMake sure the frame is level, all feet are firmly in contact with the floor, the non-slip surfaces are clean and intact, and any adjustable height points are securely engaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Goldfern Mobility Step available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Mobility Steps are available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFoot plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 × 32 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixed foot plate height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustable foot plate height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20–25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 3.65 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e159 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRust-free aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip foot mat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Step without Handle Fixed Height","offer_id":41676855771211,"sku":"GF-STPNHFH","price":140.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Step with Handle Fixed Height","offer_id":41676855705675,"sku":"GF-STPHFH","price":160.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Step with Handle Adjustable Height","offer_id":41676855738443,"sku":"GF-STPHAH","price":220.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/b5227f5a-e674b4_247973d6d1014f5e87804a7ca4d5eae2_mv2.png?v=1754901823"},{"product_id":"knee-walker-standard","title":"Goldfern Standard Knee Scooter \/ Knee Walker","description":"\u003ch2\u003eKnee Walker for Non-Weight-Bearing Lower-Leg Recovery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Standard \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKnee Scooter \/ Knee Walker\u003c\/strong\u003e provides wheeled mobility for appropriate users who need to keep weight off one lower leg during recovery from an injury or procedure. The affected leg rests on a padded knee platform while the other leg is used to propel the walker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth the handlebar and knee-pad heights are adjustable, and locking hand brakes provide speed control and parking. A front basket and two cane holders add practical storage for everyday use. Suitability for a knee walker should be confirmed with the health professional managing your recovery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStandard or Heavy-Duty Knee Walker?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eStandard Knee Walker\u003c\/strong\u003e when its 159 kg capacity and adjustment range suit the user and you prefer the slightly lighter model. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Heavy-Duty Knee Walker\u003c\/strong\u003e when the higher 180 kg user capacity or its different adjustment range is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePadded knee platform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable knee-pad height from 40 to 54.5 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable handle height from 84 to 104 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocking hand brakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront storage basket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo cane holders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum user weight of 159 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTested to ISO 11199-2.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Goldfern Standard Knee Walker?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor suitable users, a knee walker can provide an alternative way to move around while keeping an affected lower leg non-weight-bearing. Goldfern combines adjustable fit, braking and useful storage in a robust 11.2 kg platform. It is not appropriate for every injury or every user, so follow clinical advice regarding mobility aids during recovery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGetting the Walking Setup Right\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKnee Walker - Standard will feel most natural when the handle position allows an upright posture with relaxed shoulders and a slight bend at the elbows. The user should be able to reach the brakes or handgrips without leaning forward. Wheel size and frame layout also matter: compact designs suit tighter indoor spaces, while larger wheels can feel more settled over uneven outdoor paths.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore relying on the aid away from home, practice turning, stopping, sitting and folding it in a clear area. If a seat is provided, park the brakes before sitting and use the back support as intended. Check that the folded dimensions and product weight are manageable for the person who will lift it into a vehicle or move it into storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat type of recovery is a knee walker intended for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is intended for appropriate users who need to avoid weight-bearing through one lower leg. Whether it suits a particular injury, surgery or rehabilitation plan should be confirmed with a health professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do you move a knee walker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe affected lower leg rests on the padded knee platform while the other foot remains on the ground and propels the walker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Standard Knee Walker is rated to a maximum user weight of 159 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the Heavy-Duty Knee Walker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Heavy-Duty model supports up to 180 kg and has slightly different dimensions and adjustment ranges. The Standard model supports up to 159 kg and is slightly lighter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the knee platform height be adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The listed knee-pad height range is 40 to 54.5 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the handlebars be adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Handle height adjusts from 84 to 104 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have brakes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It has hand-operated brakes with a locking function for parking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include storage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. A front basket is included for carrying small everyday items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have cane holders?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Standard Knee Walker includes two cane holders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are its overall dimensions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe listed overall length is 78.5 cm and total width is 48 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs a manual available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The existing Goldfern Standard and Heavy Duty Knee Walker manual remains linked below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e159 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustable knee-pad height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40–54.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustable handle height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e84–104 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e78.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTesting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO 11199-2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Standard_HD_Knee_Walker_Manual.pdf?v=1756718429\" title=\"Goldfern Standard and HD Knee Walker Owners Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eGoldfern Standard and HD Knee Walker Owners Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676857081931,"sku":"GF-KWSTD","price":590.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/52ceb786-e674b4_7136e7d595b44c189c17fb5f2950c365_mv2.jpg?v=1754901826"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-commode","title":"Heavy Duty Commode","description":"\u003ch2\u003eExtra-Wide Heavy Duty Commode for Supportive Toileting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Heavy Duty Commode\u003c\/strong\u003e is designed for users who require more space and a higher-capacity toileting aid. Its powder-coated steel frame supports a maximum user weight of 275 kg and provides 64 cm of width between the arms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHeight-adjustable legs and non-slip rubber feet support a stable setup, while fold-down arms can assist with side access and transfers. The bucket, seat, lid and splash guard are removable for routine cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeavy Duty or Folding Commode?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eHeavy Duty Commode\u003c\/strong\u003e when user capacity and extra width are the priorities. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/folding-commode\"\u003eGoldfern Folding Commode\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e when a lighter, more compact chair that can fold for storage is more important; the Folding model supports up to 113 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty powder-coated steel frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum user weight of 275 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e64 cm width between arms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight adjustable from 46 to 56 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFold-down arms for side access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-slip rubber feet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable bucket, seat, lid and splash guard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Goldfern Heavy Duty Commode?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith a wider seating area and substantially higher weight capacity than a standard commode, this model is suited to users who need additional space and structural support. The adjustable height and fold-down arms also make it easier to configure around individual transfer needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eExtra Space and Support for Daily Toileting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Heavy Duty Commode is intended for users who need a roomier sitting position and a higher load rating than a standard bedside commode. Its wider frame can improve comfort and reduce pressure around the hips, while sturdy arms provide useful support during assisted or independent sit-to-stand movements. The removable bowl allows the chair to be positioned close to the bed when bathroom access is difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow for the commode’s wider overall footprint when planning placement. Measure the user, doorway clearance and the available space beside the bed or chair, and confirm the seat height works with the intended transfer method. Set the chair on a firm, level surface, keep the surrounding route clear and ensure all frame and seat components are correctly secured before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Goldfern Heavy Duty Commode is rated to a maximum user weight of 275 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow wide is it between the arms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe listed width between the arms is 64 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the Goldfern Folding Commode?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Heavy Duty model is much wider and supports up to 275 kg. The Folding Commode is lighter, folds for storage and supports up to 113 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the overall chair width?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall chair width is 79 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the height be adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The listed adjustable height range is 46 to 56 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does the commode weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe total product weight is listed as 9.9 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo the arms move?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The arms fold down to provide side access, which may make some transfer techniques easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the toileting components removable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The bucket, seat, lid and splash guard can be removed for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have non-slip feet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Non-slip rubber feet help provide stability when the commode is correctly positioned on a suitable floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs there a user manual?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Goldfern Heavy Duty Commode User Manual remains linked below.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e275 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustable height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46–56 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall chair width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e79 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth between arms\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e64 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.9 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder-coated steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/GF_Heavy_Duty_Commode_Manual.pdf?v=1756723541\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Goldfern Heavy Duty Commode User Manual\"\u003eGoldfern Heavy Duty Commode User Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676857278539,"sku":"GF-HDCMMD","price":300.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/04651eaa-e674b4_a5712c4e89ca44a6848a93cc17454753_mv2.png?v=1754901826"},{"product_id":"free-standing-toilet-surround","title":"Free Standing Toilet Surround","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAdjustable Freestanding Support Around the Toilet\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Free Standing Toilet Surround\u003c\/strong\u003e provides supportive armrests around a toilet without requiring permanent wall or floor fixings. Its powder-coated aluminium frame is adjustable in both height and width, helping it accommodate different users and bathroom layouts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard Duty and Heavy Duty versions are available, with a choice of regular non-slip feet or suction feet. Padded armrests provide a comfortable handhold when sitting down or standing up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFreestanding design with no permanent wall fixing required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowder-coated aluminium frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable height and width.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePadded armrests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard Duty maximum user weight of 120 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy Duty maximum user weight of 200 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable with standard non-slip feet or suction feet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Goldfern Free Standing Toilet Surround?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe adjustable frame is useful where a fixed grab rail is unsuitable or where a portable bathroom support is preferred. Four variants let you choose the required duty rating and foot style without altering the toilet itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlanning the Bathroom Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree Standing Toilet Surround is most useful when it is matched to the user’s transfer method and the available bathroom space. Check the seat height, usable width, arm position and stated user-weight limit against the person who will use it. A well-matched height can reduce unnecessary lowering and make it easier to regain a standing position, while correctly positioned arms provide more dependable support than nearby bathroom fittings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the toilet, doorway and clear floor area before ordering, particularly where a carer or mobility aid also needs room. Set every adjustable leg to the same secure position and place the product on a firm, level surface. Removable toileting components should be checked for correct placement and cleaned in accordance with the supplied instructions after use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the toilet surround need to be fixed to a wall?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a freestanding frame and does not require permanent wall or floor mounting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the height be adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Both Standard and Heavy Duty versions adjust from 67.5 to 77.5 cm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the width be adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The frame adjusts from 44 to 64 cm wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between Standard and Heavy Duty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Standard version is rated to 120 kg and weighs 3.2 kg. The Heavy Duty version is rated to 200 kg and weighs 4.2 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the suction-feet variants?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart offers both duty ratings with either standard feet or suction feet, allowing you to choose the configuration suited to the intended bathroom setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have padded armrests?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Padded armrests provide a more comfortable surface to hold during transfers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the overall depth?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe listed overall depth is 50.5 cm for both Standard and Heavy Duty versions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit every toilet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe height and width are adjustable, but bathroom and toilet dimensions vary. Check the listed measurements against the intended space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs an assembly guide available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The existing Goldfern Toilet Surround Assembly Guide is linked below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard Duty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeavy Duty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustable height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e67.5–77.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e67.5–77.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustable width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44–64 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44–64 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Toilet_Surround_Assembly_Guide.pdf?v=1756718429\" title=\"Goldfern Free Standing Toilet Surround Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eGoldfern Free Standing Toilet Surround Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Standard Duty without Suction Feet","offer_id":41676857442379,"sku":"GF-DDTS-NSF","price":180.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Heavy Duty without Suction Feet","offer_id":41676857409611,"sku":"GF-HDTS-NSF","price":200.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Standard Duty with Suction Feet","offer_id":41676857475147,"sku":"GF-DDTS-SF","price":200.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Heavy Duty with Suction Feet","offer_id":41676857507915,"sku":"GF-HDTS-WSF","price":220.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/1afdbbc0-e674b4_910f80fd30e24aef9c6b0543fda9fbbb_mv2.jpg?v=1754901826"},{"product_id":"mobility-shower-stool","title":"Mobility Shower Stool - with or without arms","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern Mobility Shower Stool – Standard and Heavy Duty Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Mobility Shower Stool\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact height-adjustable bathroom seat with a lightweight aluminium frame, non-slip plastic seat with drainage openings and rubber ferrules. Choose \u003cstrong\u003eStandard Duty with Arms\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eStandard Duty without Arms\u003c\/strong\u003e, or \u003cstrong\u003eHeavy Duty with Arms\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe two standard versions are rated to \u003cstrong\u003e170 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e. The Heavy Duty with Arms variant provides a wider \u003cstrong\u003e30 × 46 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e seat and is rated to \u003cstrong\u003e225 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree options:\u003c\/strong\u003e standard with arms, standard without arms, and heavy duty with arms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight aluminium frame\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight-adjustable legs\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-slip plastic seat with drainage openings\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-slip rubber ferrules\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble adjustment holes on two legs support a stable setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard models: approximately \u003cstrong\u003e28.5 × 38 cm seat\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e170 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard with-arms model: approximately \u003cstrong\u003e47 cm between the arms\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy Duty with Arms: approximately \u003cstrong\u003e30 × 46 cm seat\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e225 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard Goldfern models are tested and approved to \u003cstrong\u003eAS\/NZS 3973:2009\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Shower_Stool_Instructions.pdf?v=1756894379\" title=\"Goldfern Shower Stool Instructions\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eGoldfern Shower Stool Instructions\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Goldfern Mobility Shower Stool?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe three configurations make it easy to choose between an open-sided standard stool, standard arm support, or a wider high-capacity heavy-duty seat. All retain the simple aluminium shower-stool format with adjustable legs and a draining non-slip seat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eComfortable Positioning in the Shower\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMobility Shower Stool - with or without arms can make washing more manageable by providing a defined seated position and reducing the time a person needs to remain standing on a wet surface. When choosing a shower seat, consider the user’s preferred transfer direction, the amount of trunk or arm support required, and whether a caregiver needs room to assist from the front or side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure the shower area carefully, including door openings, wall clearances and the location of taps or screens. Height-adjustable models should be set level, with every adjustment point fully engaged. Wall-mounted products require installation into a structurally suitable surface by a competent installer. Keep rubber feet or contact surfaces clean and inspect the seat regularly so it remains stable during everyday use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat versions are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose Standard Duty with Arms, Standard Duty without Arms, or Heavy Duty with Arms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight for the standard models?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth standard variants are rated to 170 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight for the Heavy Duty model?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Heavy Duty with Arms variant is rated to 225 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size is the standard seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe standard seat is approximately 28.5 × 38 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size is the Heavy Duty seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Heavy Duty seat is approximately 30 × 46 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the height range on the standard models?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe standard stools adjust from approximately 47–61 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow wide is the standard model with arms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe standard with-arms model has approximately 47 cm between the arm supports.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I choose a stool without arms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Standard Duty version is available with or without arms. The Heavy Duty option is supplied with arms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the frame made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stools use lightweight aluminium frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the seat drain water?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The non-slip plastic seat includes drainage openings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat type of feet does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe legs are fitted with non-slip rubber ferrules for suitable bathroom floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy do two legs have double adjustment holes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe added adjustment positions help achieve a stable setup. All legs should be locked securely before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the standard models tested to a recognised standard?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The standard Goldfern Shower Stool models are tested and approved to AS\/NZS 3973:2009.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should the stool be checked before use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eConfirm each leg is locked at the intended height, all ferrules are in good condition, the frame sits level and stable, and any fitted arms are secure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs there an instruction manual?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Goldfern Shower Stool Instructions are linked above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard models\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeavy Duty with Arms\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArm options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWith arms or without arms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWith arms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustable height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47–61 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 49–61 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28.5 × 38 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 × 46 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e225 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip plastic with drainage openings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip plastic with drainage openings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"With Arms (Standard Duty - 170kg SWL)","offer_id":41676857606219,"sku":"GF-SST-A","price":140.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Without Arms (Standard Duty - 170kg SWL)","offer_id":41676857638987,"sku":"GF-SST-NA","price":120.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"With Arms (Heavy Duty - 225kg SWL)","offer_id":42692400709707,"sku":null,"price":160.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/eb21aa1d-e674b4_4529551318d34b888c74f2ff6019fae3_mv2.jpg?v=1754901826"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-steel-wheelchair-20","title":"Heavy Duty Steel Wheelchair 20″","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAMW Heavy Duty Steel Wheelchair 20″\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAMW Heavy Duty Steel Wheelchair 20″\u003c\/strong\u003e is a robust self-propelled manual wheelchair built around a reinforced steel frame and a wider \u003cstrong\u003e50.8 cm (20\") \/ 50 cm seat\u003c\/strong\u003e. It supports users up to \u003cstrong\u003e150 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLarge 61 cm (24\") solid PU rear wheels and 20.3 cm (8\") solid PU front castors provide a durable, low-maintenance setup, while attendant handle brakes, a wheel-lock brake, removable side rails and swing-away removable footplates support practical everyday use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeavy-Duty Steel or Lightweight Aluminium?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose this \u003cstrong\u003eHeavy Duty Steel Wheelchair\u003c\/strong\u003e when a wider 50 cm seat and 150 kg capacity are the priorities. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/premium-lightweight-wheelchair-18\"\u003eAMW Premium Lightweight Wheelchair 45.7 cm (18\")\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e when lower carrying weight is more important; the Premium model weighs about 11.5 kg and supports up to 110 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50.8 cm (20\") \/ 50 cm seat width\u003c\/strong\u003e for a wider seating area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRobust steel frame\u003c\/strong\u003e for heavy-duty use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-propelled manual design\u003c\/strong\u003e with 61 cm (24\") rear wheels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20.3 cm (8\") front castors\u003c\/strong\u003e with solid PU tyres.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttendant handle brakes\u003c\/strong\u003e for caregiver control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWheel-lock brake\u003c\/strong\u003e for parking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable side rails\u003c\/strong\u003e for access and transfers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwing-away removable footplates\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNylon upholstery\u003c\/strong\u003e and approximately \u003cstrong\u003e20 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e total weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the AMW Heavy Duty Steel Wheelchair 20″?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor users who need a wider, higher-capacity manual wheelchair, this model combines a 50 cm seat with robust steel construction and practical attendant braking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the Right Wheelchair Fit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHeavy Duty Steel Wheelchair 20″ should be matched to the user’s seated dimensions, transfer method and the way the chair will be propelled. Seat width needs to provide comfortable clearance without leaving the user unsupported, while seat depth, footrest position and arm height affect posture over longer periods. For attendant-propelled models, the caregiver should also be able to reach the handles and brakes comfortably.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure doorways, vehicle storage and turning space as well as the user. Removable or swing-away components can simplify transfers and transport, but they should be refitted and secured before travel. Wheelchairs used for extended sitting may require an individually selected cushion or clinical seating assessment, particularly where posture or pressure-care needs are present.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow wide is the seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe seat width is 50 cm, equivalent to approximately 50.8 cm (20\").\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maximum user weight is 150 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does the wheelchair weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe wheelchair weighs approximately 20 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the AMW Premium Lightweight Wheelchair 45.7 cm (18\")?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis model is wider, heavier and higher-capacity. The Premium 45.7 cm (18\") is much lighter to transport but has a narrower seat and lower user-weight rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it self-propelled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is a self-propelled manual wheelchair with large rear wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the seat depth and height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe seat depth is approximately 40 cm and the seat height is approximately 50 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the overall dimensions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall width is approximately 68 cm and overall height is approximately 91.5 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat tyres are fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe wheelchair uses solid PU tyres: 61 cm (24\") rear wheels and 20.3 cm (8\") front castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat brakes does it have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt has attendant handle brakes and a wheel-lock brake.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the side rails removable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The side rails are removable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat upholstery is used?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe seating uses nylon upholstery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is this wheelchair suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is intended for users who need a wider 50.8 cm (20\") seat and a higher 150 kg user capacity than many standard wheelchairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty self-propelled manual wheelchair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 cm \/ 50.8 cm (20\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm \/ 40.6 cm (16\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 cm \/ 50.8 cm (20\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e68 cm \/ 68.6 cm (27\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e91.5 cm \/ 91.4 cm (36\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRear wheels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61 cm (24\") solid PU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFront castors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.3 cm (8\") solid PU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrakes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAttendant handle brakes and wheel-lock brake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSide rails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemovable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFootplates\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwing-away and removable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUpholstery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNylon\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"AMW","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676857868363,"sku":"AMW-HDWC-1","price":600.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/5d21d86f-e674b4_3946aac23c054155bf693ec485db09e5_mv2.webp?v=1754901827"},{"product_id":"amw-titan-ht-heavy-terrain-scooter","title":"AMW Titan HT (Heavy Terrain) Scooter","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAMW Titan HT Heavy Terrain Mobility Scooter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAMW Titan HT\u003c\/strong\u003e is a large heavy-terrain mobility scooter for riders who need substantial motor power, generous ground clearance and a comfortable suspended platform for longer outdoor travel. It uses a \u003cstrong\u003e1200W motor\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e35.6 cm (14\") tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003efull suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e and two 75Ah GEL batteries, putting it firmly in AMW's heavy-duty outdoor class.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith up to \u003cstrong\u003e18 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e maximum speed, around \u003cstrong\u003e35–40 km\u003c\/strong\u003e of range in suitable conditions and 16 cm ground clearance, the Titan HT is designed for people whose regular routes go beyond smooth shopping-centre floors and ordinary pavement use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHeavy-Terrain Capability\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 1200W drive system gives the Titan HT much more reserve than AMW's smaller \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/amw-explorer-scooter\"\u003eExplorer\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/amw-discovery-scooter\"\u003eDiscovery\u003c\/a\u003e scooters, while the 35.6 cm (14\") tyres and full suspension help it cope with firm gravel, grass, rougher paving and other uneven outdoor surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat extra capability comes with a larger chassis and greater turning space. The Titan HT is therefore most useful when outdoor performance matters more than compact manoeuvrability around tight indoor areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLarge Battery Capacity for Longer Outdoor Journeys\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo \u003cstrong\u003e75Ah 12V GEL batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e provide the energy for longer-distance use. Range is around \u003cstrong\u003e35–40 km\u003c\/strong\u003e per charge in suitable conditions, but rider weight, gradients, terrain, temperature, battery age and driving style all affect actual distance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor trips farther from home, plan with a sensible reserve rather than relying on the maximum range figure. Keeping the batteries regularly charged and in good condition also helps maintain predictable performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjustable Seating and Controls\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe seat adjusts forward and back, swivels for easier access, changes height and allows backrest adjustment. This helps the riding position suit different leg lengths and seating preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003eP\u0026amp;G controller\u003c\/strong\u003e manages the drive system. Electronic regenerative braking slows the scooter when the throttle is released, and a dash-mounted brake release is provided for appropriate freewheel use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTitan HT or Maxi HT?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Titan HT and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/amw-maxi-ht-heavy-terrain-scooter\"\u003eMaxi HT\u003c\/a\u003e share many of the same core performance specifications, including the 1200W motor, 75Ah GEL batteries, 35.6 cm (14\") tyres, 16 cm ground clearance, full suspension and the same combined owner’s manual. They should therefore be compared as two large AMW heavy-terrain options rather than as completely different classes of scooter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen choosing between them, physical fit, current configuration, availability and personal preference are likely to matter as much as headline performance. A test drive is the best way to decide which platform feels right for the rider.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1200W motor\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 × 75Ah GEL 12V batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e35.6 cm (14\") tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 18 km\/h maximum speed\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApprox. 35–40 km range\u003c\/strong\u003e, depending on conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150–200 kg user-capacity range\u003c\/strong\u003e, depending on terrain and use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e16 cm ground clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e15° climbing grade\u003c\/strong\u003e under suitable conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectronic regenerative braking\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e24V DC system\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable seat\u003c\/strong\u003e with fore\/aft, swivel, height and backrest adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDash-mounted brake release\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eP\u0026amp;G controller\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/AMW_Maxi_HT_Heavy_Terrain_Manual.pdf?v=1756248868\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"AMW Maxi\/Titan (HT) Scooter Manual\"\u003eAMW Maxi\/Titan (HT) Scooter Owners Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWho Is the AMW Titan HT Best Suited To?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Titan HT is best considered by riders who expect to spend significant time outdoors and need a full-size scooter with high ground clearance, large batteries and strong motor performance. Rural properties, longer community journeys and firm mixed surfaces are where its size and capability make the most sense.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf the rider mainly travels on sealed footpaths and around shops, the smaller Discovery may be easier to live with. The Titan HT earns its place when the extra performance and chassis size are genuinely useful.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat motor does the AMW Titan HT use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Titan HT uses a 1200W motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat batteries are fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses two 75Ah GEL 12V batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the user capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe user-capacity range is 150–200 kg depending on terrain and use. For higher user weights, suitability should be considered against the intended terrain and operating conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maximum speed is up to 18 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat travel range can I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRange is approximately 35–40 km per charge. Actual distance varies with rider weight, terrain, gradients, temperature, battery condition and driving style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the tyres?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Titan HT uses 35.6 cm (14\") tyres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have suspension?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It has full suspension.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the ground clearance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGround clearance is approximately 16 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the turning radius?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe turning radius is approximately 165 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the climbing grade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe climbing grade is up to 15° under suitable conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat braking system does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Titan HT uses electronic regenerative braking and has a dash-mounted brake release.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the seat adjustable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The seat provides fore\/aft, swivel, height and backrest adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat controller does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Titan HT uses a P\u0026amp;G controller.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it share an owner’s manual with the Maxi HT?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The combined AMW Maxi\/Titan HT owner’s manual is linked above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this mobility scooter available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe can and do deliver to customers across New Zealand — however, mobility scooters and power chairs are more complex products and can be sizeable, so we generally recommend finding a local retailer who can provide hands-on service and ongoing support. It is also a good idea to test-drive or trial a mobility scooter before committing to a purchase. MoveSmart focuses its sales and servicing within the Central Plateau region, but we are always happy to chat. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/pages\/contact\"\u003eGet in touch\u003c\/a\u003e and we can offer advice, suggest a trusted dealer closer to you, or work with you to tailor a solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1200W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBatteries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 75Ah GEL, 12V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTyre size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35.6 cm (14\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e154 × 67 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e165 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGround clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 18 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStated range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 35–40 km, conditions dependent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUser capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150–200 kg, terrain\/use dependent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClimbing grade\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrakes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectronic regenerative\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eElectrical system\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24V DC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuspension\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFore\/aft, swivel, height and backrest adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrake release\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDash mounted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eController\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eP\u0026amp;G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"AMW","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41717064728651,"sku":"AMW-TITAN","price":7000.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/6ebeddbc-e674b4_e46b019053564529af0a1076cb0dcce3_mv2.png?v=1754901830"},{"product_id":"amw-maxi-ht-heavy-terrain-scooter","title":"AMW Maxi HT (Heavy Terrain) Scooter","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAMW Maxi HT Heavy Terrain Mobility Scooter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAMW Maxi HT\u003c\/strong\u003e is a large heavy-terrain mobility scooter built for riders who need more ground clearance, motor power and outdoor capability than a conventional pavement scooter can provide. Its \u003cstrong\u003e1200W motor\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e35.6 cm (14\") tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003efull suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e and 16 cm ground clearance make it particularly well suited to rural properties, longer outdoor journeys and firm uneven surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo \u003cstrong\u003e75Ah GEL batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e give the Maxi HT substantial energy capacity, with a typical range of around \u003cstrong\u003e35–40 km\u003c\/strong\u003e per charge depending on conditions. Maximum speed is up to \u003cstrong\u003e18 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e, while the large adjustable seat and spacious chassis are intended for users who need more room and support than a smaller mobility scooter provides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBuilt for More Demanding Outdoor Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Maxi HT sits well above the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/amw-explorer-scooter\"\u003eExplorer\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/amw-discovery-scooter\"\u003eDiscovery\u003c\/a\u003e in AMW's range. Its 1200W motor provides considerably more reserve for hills and heavier outdoor work, while the larger 35.6 cm (14\") tyres and 16 cm clearance help it negotiate rougher surfaces and changes in level more confidently.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFull suspension helps isolate the rider from bumps and vibration, but this is still a mobility scooter rather than an all-terrain vehicle. Soft ground, steep cross-slopes, loose gravel and abrupt obstacles should always be approached conservatively.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLarge GEL Batteries for Longer Trips\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe scooter uses two \u003cstrong\u003e75Ah 12V GEL batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e. Range is around \u003cstrong\u003e35–40 km\u003c\/strong\u003e in suitable conditions, although rider weight, tyre pressure, gradients, temperature, battery age and terrain all affect how far the scooter will travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor longer rural or community trips, it is sensible to plan with a reserve rather than treating the maximum figure as a guaranteed distance. Regular charging and good battery care are especially important with a larger scooter that may be used farther from home.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpeed and Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith a maximum speed of up to \u003cstrong\u003e18 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e, the Maxi HT is faster than many everyday mobility scooters. The \u003cstrong\u003eP\u0026amp;G controller\u003c\/strong\u003e manages the drive system, while electronic regenerative braking slows the scooter when the throttle is released.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA dash-mounted brake release is included for appropriate freewheel use. Because of the scooter's size and performance, a test drive is particularly worthwhile before purchase so the rider can become familiar with acceleration, braking and turning space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjustable Seating and Rider Fit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe seat adjusts forward and back, swivels for easier access, changes height and allows backrest adjustment. That makes it easier to tailor the riding position for different leg lengths and preferred posture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe user-capacity guidance is \u003cstrong\u003e150–200 kg depending on terrain and use\u003c\/strong\u003e. At the upper end of that range, the intended terrain, gradients and overall operating conditions become especially important, so MoveSmart recommends discussing the setup before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1200W motor\u003c\/strong\u003e for heavy-terrain mobility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 × 75Ah GEL 12V batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e35.6 cm (14\") tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 18 km\/h maximum speed\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApprox. 35–40 km range\u003c\/strong\u003e, depending on conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150–200 kg user-capacity range\u003c\/strong\u003e, depending on terrain and use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e16 cm ground clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e15° climbing grade\u003c\/strong\u003e under suitable conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectronic regenerative braking\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e24V DC system\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable seat\u003c\/strong\u003e with fore\/aft, swivel, height and backrest adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDash-mounted brake release\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eP\u0026amp;G controller\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue, Red and Yellow variants\u003c\/strong\u003e available through MoveSmart.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/AMW_Maxi_HT_Heavy_Terrain_Manual.pdf?v=1756248868\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"AMW Maxi (HT) Scooter Manual\"\u003eAMW Maxi (HT) Scooter Owners Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWho Is the AMW Maxi HT Best Suited To?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Maxi HT is a strong option for someone who regularly travels outdoors, needs a larger and more powerful scooter, and values high ground clearance, large batteries and a suspended ride. It is particularly relevant for rural and semi-rural users whose routes include firm gravel, grass, uneven paving or longer distances.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf most riding is on ordinary footpaths and shopping areas, the Discovery may be easier to manoeuvre and more than capable enough. The Maxi HT makes most sense when the extra size and terrain capability will genuinely be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat motor does the AMW Maxi HT use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Maxi HT uses a 1200W motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat batteries are fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses two 75Ah GEL 12V batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the user capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe user-capacity range is 150–200 kg depending on terrain and use. For higher user weights, suitability should be considered against the intended terrain and operating conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMaximum speed is up to 18 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat travel range can I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRange is approximately 35–40 km per charge. Actual distance varies with rider weight, terrain, gradients, temperature, battery condition and driving style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the tyres?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Maxi HT uses 35.6 cm (14\") tyres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have suspension?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It has full suspension.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the ground clearance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGround clearance is approximately 16 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the turning radius?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe turning radius is approximately 165 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the climbing grade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe climbing grade is up to 15° under suitable conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat braking system does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Maxi HT uses electronic regenerative braking and has a dash-mounted brake release.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the seat adjustable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The seat provides fore\/aft, swivel, height and backrest adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat accessories are supplied?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe package includes front and rear baskets, rain cover, owner’s manual, walking-stick holder and stick, charger, paint-repair item and toolkit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart carries Blue, Red and Yellow variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this mobility scooter available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe can and do deliver to customers across New Zealand — however, mobility scooters and power chairs are more complex products and can be sizeable, so we generally recommend finding a local retailer who can provide hands-on service and ongoing support. It is also a good idea to test-drive or trial a mobility scooter before committing to a purchase. MoveSmart focuses its sales and servicing within the Central Plateau region, but we are always happy to chat. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/pages\/contact\"\u003eGet in touch\u003c\/a\u003e and we can offer advice, suggest a trusted dealer closer to you, or work with you to tailor a solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1200W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBatteries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 75Ah GEL, 12V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTyre size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35.6 cm (14\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e154 × 67 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e165 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGround clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 18 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStated range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 35–40 km, conditions dependent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePublished user capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150–200 kg, terrain\/use dependent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePublished climbing grade\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrakes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectronic regenerative\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eElectrical system\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24V DC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuspension\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFore\/aft, swivel, height and backrest adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrake release\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDash mounted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eController\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eP\u0026amp;G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMoveSmart variants\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue, Red, Yellow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"AMW","offers":[{"title":"Blue","offer_id":41676858294347,"sku":"AMW-MAXIHTBLUE","price":6500.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":41676858327115,"sku":"AMW-MAXIHTRED","price":6500.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow","offer_id":41676858359883,"sku":"AMW-MAXIHTYELLOW","price":6500.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/13126f5e-e674b4_6abfe2ecd6fd426cbb65285cf2ed4b9e_mv2.jpg?v=1765705567"},{"product_id":"amw-discovery-scooter","title":"AMW Discovery Scooter","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAMW Discovery Mobility Scooter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAMW Discovery Scooter\u003c\/strong\u003e is a strong all-round outdoor mobility scooter for riders who want more power, tyre size and carrying capacity than a typical pavement model without stepping up to AMW's largest heavy-terrain machines. Its \u003cstrong\u003e800W motor\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e30.5 cm (12\") pneumatic tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003efull suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e give it the capability to handle everyday footpaths as well as firmer gravel, grass and more varied outdoor surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith a maximum user capacity of \u003cstrong\u003e160 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, up to \u003cstrong\u003e10 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e top speed and two 45Ah batteries, the Discovery sits in a useful middle ground between the lighter \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/amw-explorer-scooter\"\u003eAMW Explorer\u003c\/a\u003e and the much larger \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/amw-maxi-ht-heavy-terrain-scooter\"\u003eMaxi HT\u003c\/a\u003e\/Titan class. For many riders, that makes it a practical choice for regular community travel, longer local trips and rural or semi-rural use where a smaller scooter can feel underpowered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMore Power Without Going to the Biggest Scooter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 800W motor gives the Discovery considerably more reserve than the 400W Explorer, while the 30.5 cm (12\") tyres and 15 cm ground clearance provide more room for uneven surfaces. Full suspension helps take the sharpness out of bumps and broken paving, particularly when the scooter is being used for longer periods.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is still important to match the route to the scooter. Pneumatic tyres improve cushioning and grip but need normal pressure checks, and soft ground, steep slopes or very rough tracks can reduce stability and battery range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRange and Battery Capacity for Everyday Travel\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo \u003cstrong\u003e45Ah 12V batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e provide a typical quoted range of around \u003cstrong\u003e30–35 km\u003c\/strong\u003e per charge. Real-world distance varies with user weight, hills, tyre pressure, temperature, battery age, stop-start driving and the type of surface being crossed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor planning longer trips, it is sensible to keep a margin rather than treating the maximum range figure as a guaranteed distance. Regular charging and good battery care also make a noticeable difference to day-to-day performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjustable Seating for Different Riders\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Discovery's seat can be adjusted forward and back, raised or lowered, swivelled for easier access and altered through the backrest. This flexibility helps the scooter accommodate different leg lengths and seating preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe swivel function is particularly useful when mounting or dismounting because the rider can turn the seat toward the side rather than always stepping through the tiller area.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eEasy, Familiar Controls\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003eP\u0026amp;G controller\u003c\/strong\u003e manages the drive system, while regenerative electric braking slows the scooter when the throttle is released. A dash-mounted brake release is provided for freewheel or manual-movement situations when used correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Discovery is available from MoveSmart in \u003cstrong\u003eBlue, Yellow and Red\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e800W motor\u003c\/strong\u003e for strong everyday outdoor performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 × 45Ah 12V batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30.5 cm (12\") pneumatic tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e for improved ride comfort over varied surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e160 kg maximum user capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 10 km\/h maximum speed\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApprox. 30–35 km range\u003c\/strong\u003e, depending on conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e15 cm ground clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12° climbing grade\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegenerative electric braking\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable seat\u003c\/strong\u003e with fore\/aft, swivel, height and backrest adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eP\u0026amp;G controller\u003c\/strong\u003e and dash-mounted brake release.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue, Yellow and Red variants\u003c\/strong\u003e available through MoveSmart.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/AMW_Discovery_Manual.pdf?v=1756248868\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"AMW Discovery Owners Manual\"\u003eAMW Discovery Owners Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWho Is the AMW Discovery Best Suited To?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Discovery makes sense for a rider who wants a full-size outdoor scooter with useful terrain ability, a comfortable suspended ride and generous battery capacity, but who does not need the bulk, 1200W motor or 35.6 cm (14\") tyres of the Maxi HT or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/amw-titan-ht-heavy-terrain-scooter\"\u003eTitan HT\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf most travel is on smooth footpaths and the priority is a slightly smaller, lower-powered scooter, the Explorer may be enough. If regular rough-ground use, larger rider dimensions or maximum terrain performance are the priority, one of the heavy-terrain models may be the better comparison.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat motor does the AMW Discovery use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Discovery is fitted with an 800W motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat batteries does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses two 45Ah 12V batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maximum user capacity is 160 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMaximum speed is up to 10 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat travel range can I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRange is approximately 30–35 km per charge. Actual distance varies with rider weight, terrain, gradients, tyre pressure, temperature, battery condition and driving style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the tyres?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Discovery uses 30.5 cm (12\") pneumatic tyres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have suspension?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It has full suspension.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the ground clearance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGround clearance is approximately 15 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the turning radius?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe turning radius is approximately 160 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the seat adjustable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The seat provides fore\/aft, swivel, height and backrest adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat braking system does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Discovery uses regenerative electric braking and has a dash-mounted brake release.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat accessories are supplied?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe package includes front and rear baskets, rain cover, owner’s manual, walking-stick holder and stick, charger, paint-repair item and toolkit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart carries Blue, Yellow and Red variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this mobility scooter available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe can and do deliver to customers across New Zealand — however, mobility scooters and power chairs are more complex products and can be sizeable, so we generally recommend finding a local retailer who can provide hands-on service and ongoing support. It is also a good idea to test-drive or trial a mobility scooter before committing to a purchase. MoveSmart focuses its sales and servicing within the Central Plateau region, but we are always happy to chat. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/pages\/contact\"\u003eGet in touch\u003c\/a\u003e and we can offer advice, suggest a trusted dealer closer to you, or work with you to tailor a solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBatteries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 45Ah, 12V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTyres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30.5 cm (12\") pneumatic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130.5 × 64 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGround clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 10 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStated range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 30–35 km, conditions dependent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePublished climbing grade\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrakes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegenerative electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuspension\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFore\/aft, swivel, height and backrest adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrake release\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDash mounted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eController\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eP\u0026amp;G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMoveSmart variants\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue, Yellow, Red\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"AMW","offers":[{"title":"Blue","offer_id":41676858490955,"sku":"AMW-DISCOVERY-B","price":5500.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yellow","offer_id":41676858523723,"sku":"AMW-DISCOVERY-Y","price":5500.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":41676858556491,"sku":"AMW-DISCOVERY-R","price":5500.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/ee9bba5b-e674b4_7eb7a56c7e97492da14f862978a1712d_mv2.jpg?v=1754901829"},{"product_id":"liberator-heavy-duty-foldable-walker","title":"Liberator Heavy Duty Foldable Walker","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLiberator Heavy Duty Foldable Walker\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eLiberator Heavy Duty Foldable Walker\u003c\/strong\u003e is a robust four-wheel rollator designed for users who want a wider, stronger walking aid without giving up folding convenience. It supports users up to \u003cstrong\u003e136 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e and weighs approximately \u003cstrong\u003e11 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA 47 × 50 cm seat, parking\/progressive brakes, 20.3 cm (8\") wheels and an adjustable overall height of 78–90 cm provide practical support for everyday indoor and outdoor mobility. The frame folds to approximately 27 cm wide for easier transport and storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLiberator or Lightweight AMW Walker?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eLiberator\u003c\/strong\u003e when you want the wider seat, stronger 136 kg capacity and more substantial frame. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003eAMW \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/height-adjustable-lightweight-walker\"\u003eHeight Adjustable Lightweight Walker\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e when low carrying weight and travel convenience matter more; it weighs approximately 6.8 kg but has a lower 120 kg user capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e136 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e47 × 50 cm seat\u003c\/strong\u003e for comfortable rest breaks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50 cm seat height\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eParking and progressive brakes\u003c\/strong\u003e for controlled stopping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour 20.3 cm (8\") wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e for smooth everyday mobility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e63 cm overall width\u003c\/strong\u003e when open.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolds to approximately 27 cm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e78–90 cm adjustable overall height\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e66 cm overall length\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e11 kg product weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFold-down backrest\u003c\/strong\u003e for seated support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Liberator Heavy Duty Foldable Walker?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Liberator is a practical choice for users who need more capacity and space than a standard lightweight walker while still wanting a rollator that can fold for transport. Its wider frame, strong weight rating and compact folded width make it suitable for regular daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGetting the Walking Setup Right\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eLiberator Heavy Duty Foldable Walker will feel most natural when the handle position allows an upright posture with relaxed shoulders and a slight bend at the elbows. The user should be able to reach the brakes or handgrips without leaning forward. Wheel size and frame layout also matter: compact designs suit tighter indoor spaces, while larger wheels can feel more settled over uneven outdoor paths.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBefore relying on the aid away from home, practise turning, stopping, sitting and folding it in a clear area. If a seat is provided, park the brakes before sitting and use the back support as intended. Check that the folded dimensions and product weight are manageable for the person who will lift it into a vehicle or move it into storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Liberator supports users up to 136 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does the walker weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe walker weighs approximately 11 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the AMW Height Adjustable Lightweight Walker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Liberator is wider, heavier and higher-capacity. The lightweight AMW walker is easier to lift and transport but supports up to 120 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size is the seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe seat measures approximately 47 cm wide by 50 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the seat height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe seat height is approximately 50 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow wide is the walker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall width is approximately 63 cm when open.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow compact is it when folded?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe folded width is approximately 27 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the overall height range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall height adjusts from approximately 78 cm to 90 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat type of brakes does it have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses parking\/progressive brakes for controlled stopping and parking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe walker has four 20.3 cm (8\") wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the overall length?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall length is approximately 66 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have a backrest?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It has a fold-down backrest for support while seated.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy duty four-wheel rollator\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e136 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47 × 50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63 cm open \/ 27 cm folded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e78–90 cm adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e66 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheel size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.3 cm (8\") × 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrakes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eParking \/ Progressive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBackrest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFold-down\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"AMW","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676859179083,"sku":"AMW-LIBERATOR","price":400.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/557d28ef-e674b4_f4459221ea674130be84f5346609f685_mv2.png?v=1754901829"},{"product_id":"knee-walker-heavy-duty","title":"Goldfern Heavy Duty Knee Scooter \/ Knee Walker","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern Heavy Duty Knee Scooter \/ Knee Walker\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Heavy Duty Knee Scooter \/ Knee Walker\u003c\/strong\u003e is the higher-capacity option in Goldfern's knee-walker range, designed for appropriate users who need to keep weight off one lower leg during recovery. The affected leg rests on a padded knee platform while the other leg propels the walker.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt supports users up to \u003cstrong\u003e180 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, compared with 159 kg for the Standard model, and combines adjustable handlebar and knee-pad heights with locking hand brakes, a removable front basket, two cane holders and a folding frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eStandard or Heavy Duty Knee Walker?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the Heavy Duty model when the higher \u003cstrong\u003e180 kg user capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e is needed or its adjustment range better suits the user. The Standard model supports up to 159 kg and is slightly lighter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth styles require the user to kneel safely on one side, steer and brake with the hands, and propel with the unaffected leg. A knee walker is not appropriate for every lower-leg injury or every user, so follow the advice of the health professional managing the recovery plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjustable Knee Pad and Handlebars\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe knee platform adjusts from approximately \u003cstrong\u003e40–56 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e, while the handlebars adjust from around \u003cstrong\u003e82.5–106 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e. Correct setup should allow the affected leg to rest comfortably without forcing the hip or back into an awkward position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBraking, Storage and Folding\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHand-operated brakes include a parking-lock function for securing the walker when stationary. A removable front basket carries light everyday items, while two cane holders provide storage for compatible walking sticks when required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame folds for easier vehicle transport and storage. At approximately \u003cstrong\u003e11.6 kg including the basket\u003c\/strong\u003e, it is a substantial mobility aid rather than an ultralight travel product.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e180 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e82.5–106 cm adjustable handle height\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40–56 cm adjustable knee-pad height\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePadded knee platform approximately \u003cstrong\u003e18.5 × 37 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLocking hand brakes\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable front basket\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo cane holders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFolding frame for transport and storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20.3 cm (8\") wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximately \u003cstrong\u003e11.6 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e including the front basket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSome assembly required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Standard_HD_Knee_Walker_Manual.pdf?v=1756718429\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Goldfern Standard and HD Knee Scooter Owners Manual\"\u003eGoldfern Standard and HD Knee Scooter Owners Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Heavy-Duty Knee Walker best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits appropriate users who need a knee walker and require the higher 180 kg user capacity or its particular adjustment range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the Standard Knee Walker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Heavy Duty model supports up to 180 kg, compared with 159 kg for the Standard model. The two models also have slightly different dimensions and adjustment ranges.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e180 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the handle-height range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 82.5–106 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the knee-pad height range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 40–56 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size is the knee pad?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 18.5 × 37 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow large are the wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e20.3 cm (8\").\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does it weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 11.6 kg including the front basket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a basket?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A removable front basket is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have cane holders?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Two cane holders are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do the brakes lock?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe hand brakes include a parking-lock function. Follow the linked manual for the correct locking and unlocking procedure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be folded for transport?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for every lower-leg injury?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Suitability depends on the injury, balance, ability to kneel and weight-bearing instructions. Follow professional advice where relevant.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould the brakes be checked before use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Check braking and parking-lock operation before each use and do not travel faster than you can safely control.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs assembly required?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSome assembly is required before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustable handle height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e82.5–106 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustable knee-pad height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40–56 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKnee-pad size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.5 × 37 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.3 cm (8\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.6 kg including front basket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41693859086411,"sku":"GF-KNWLK-HD","price":625.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/hd-knee-walker.png?v=1755505859"},{"product_id":"freiheit-freedom-stroller-xc-rollator","title":"Freiheit Freedom Stroller XC Rollator","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFreiheit Freedom Stroller XC Rollator\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFreiheit Freedom Stroller XC Rollator\u003c\/strong\u003e is the rough-terrain specialist in the Freiheit walking-frame range. Its large \u003cstrong\u003e31 cm pneumatic tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e, steering dampers and robust tubular steel frame are designed for users who regularly encounter firm grass, gravel paths and uneven outdoor surfaces where a conventional small-wheel rollator can feel less capable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe XC supports users up to \u003cstrong\u003e150 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e and weighs approximately \u003cstrong\u003e9.1 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e. A built-in seat, 5 kg mesh bag, walking-stick holder and tilting pedal make it practical for longer outdoor outings as well as everyday mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere the Freedom Stroller XC Fits in the Freiheit Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe XC is the model to choose when terrain matters more than minimum carrying weight. The \u003cstrong\u003eFreiheit X3\u003c\/strong\u003e is the lighter aluminium everyday option, while the \u003cstrong\u003eFreiheit X4\u003c\/strong\u003e uses carbon fibre for easier lifting. The XC is heavier than both, but gains much larger pneumatic wheels and steering dampers specifically for rougher outdoor surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf most use will be indoors, in shops or on smooth footpaths, an X3 or X4 is likely to be easier to transport. If regular gravel, grass and uneven paths are part of daily life, the XC's larger tyres are its main advantage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e31 cm Pneumatic Tyres\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe large pneumatic tyres provide more cushioning and obstacle clearance than the smaller solid wheels used on everyday rollators. They can make rough paths feel smoother and reduce the tendency for small wheels to catch on minor surface changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause the tyres are pneumatic, they need normal air-pressure checks and can puncture. That maintenance trade-off is part of what gives the XC its outdoor ride quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSteering Dampers for Rough Surfaces\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSteering dampers help reduce front-wheel flutter when the walker is moving over rougher ground. This supports more controlled steering where vibration and surface changes might otherwise unsettle the front wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSeat, Storage and Outdoor Practicality\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe seat is approximately \u003cstrong\u003e45 cm wide and 61 cm high\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing a resting place when the rollator is stationary and safely parked. The mesh storage bag carries up to \u003cstrong\u003e5 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, and a walking-stick holder is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA tilting pedal helps raise the front wheels over suitable small kerbs or obstacles, while reflectors add visibility during outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e31 cm pneumatic tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e for rougher outdoor terrain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 kg safe working load\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e9.1 kg product weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteering dampers\u003c\/strong\u003e to reduce front-wheel flutter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRobust tubular steel frame\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in seat\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 kg mesh storage bag\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWalking-stick holder\u003c\/strong\u003e included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTilting pedal\u003c\/strong\u003e for suitable small obstacles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReflectors\u003c\/strong\u003e for improved visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolds and locks\u003c\/strong\u003e for transport and can stand upright when folded.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Freiheit_freedom_stroller_XC_walking_frame_User_Manual.pdf?v=1756719656\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Freiheit Freedom Stroller XC Walker Manual\"\u003eFreiheit Freedom Stroller XC Walker Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Freedom Stroller XC best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits users who regularly walk outdoors on rougher surfaces and want larger pneumatic tyres rather than prioritising the lightest possible rollator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the Freiheit X3 and X4?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe X3 and X4 are lighter everyday rollators with smaller solid wheels. The XC is heavier but uses 31 cm pneumatic tyres and steering dampers for rougher terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the safe working load?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e150 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does the XC weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 9.1 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the tyres puncture-proof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. They are pneumatic tyres, so normal air-pressure and puncture maintenance applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat surfaces is the XC intended for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for outdoor use on rougher ground such as firm grass, gravel paths and uneven terrain. Extra care is still required on loose, steep, wet or unstable surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat do the steering dampers do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey help reduce front-wheel flutter on rough surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have a seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The seat is approximately 45 cm wide and 61 cm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the handle-height range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 83.8–94 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much can the mesh bag carry?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to 5 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a walking-stick holder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it stand when folded?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The frame can stand upright when correctly folded and locked.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1554\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafe working load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e67 cm wide × 75 cm long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 cm wide × 61 cm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e83.8–94 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheel diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTyres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePneumatic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBag capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTubular steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Cubro","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41699768074315,"sku":"CUB-1554-FHXC","price":799.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/1554_Freiheit-Freedom-Stroller-XC-walking-frame_0__Resampled.jpg?v=1755684418"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-dual-motor-lift-chair","title":"Goldfern Heavy Duty Dual Motor Lift Recliner Chair","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern Heavy-Duty Dual Motor Lift Recliner Chair\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Heavy-Duty Dual Motor Lift Recliner Chair\u003c\/strong\u003e is the wider, higher-capacity option in Goldfern's lift-chair range. It combines powered sit-to-stand assistance with independent backrest and leg-rest adjustment, while a \u003cstrong\u003e220 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e and approximately \u003cstrong\u003e545 mm seat width\u003c\/strong\u003e provide more space and capacity than the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/electric-lift-recliner-chair\"\u003estandard Goldfern dual-motor\u003c\/a\u003e chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart offers Pale Grey and Steel Grey upholstery options. The chair also includes external battery backup, side magazine pockets and an extra-long corded hand control that can be positioned for left- or right-side use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIndependent Back and Leg Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe twin-motor system lets the backrest and leg rest move independently. This provides more flexibility than a linked single-motor recliner, allowing the user to change upper-body and leg position separately for sitting, reading, resting or reclining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePowered Lift Assistance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lift function raises and tilts the chair forward to assist with moving from sitting toward standing. It can reduce the effort required to rise from the chair, but the user still needs an appropriate transfer plan and enough balance to stand safely once supported.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHeavy-Duty Size and Fit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe seat is approximately \u003cstrong\u003e545 mm wide between the arms\u003c\/strong\u003e, around \u003cstrong\u003e525 mm deep\u003c\/strong\u003e and approximately \u003cstrong\u003e460 mm high\u003c\/strong\u003e. Overall chair width is about \u003cstrong\u003e920 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompared with the standard Goldfern Dual Motor Lift Recliner, the Heavy Duty model adds roughly 10.5 cm of seat width and increases user capacity from 150 kg to 220 kg. That makes it the better choice when the standard chair feels too narrow or a higher weight rating is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeat dimensions still matter even with a heavy-duty chair. The best fit should allow the user to sit fully back with appropriate thigh support and feet supported when seated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBattery Backup and Home Practicality\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn external battery backup provides limited operation during a power outage when correctly maintained. Magazine pockets are fitted on both sides, and the long hand-control lead gives flexibility in where the controller is positioned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e220 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual-motor system\u003c\/strong\u003e for independent backrest and leg-rest adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowered lift function\u003c\/strong\u003e for sit-to-stand assistance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e545 mm seat width\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e525 mm seat depth\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3M-protected upholstery\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagazine pockets on both sides\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra-long hand-control cord\u003c\/strong\u003e for left- or right-side use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal battery backup\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePale Grey and Steel Grey upholstery options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eActuator and remote warranty: \u003cstrong\u003e12 months\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame warranty: \u003cstrong\u003e24 months\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Lift_Chair_Installation_User_Manual_2.pdf?v=1756718430\" title=\"Goldfern Lift Chair Range Owners Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eGoldfern Electric Lift Chair Range Owners Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Goldfern Heavy-Duty Lift Chair best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt suits users who need a wider dual-motor lift recliner or a higher user capacity than the standard Goldfern lift chair provides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the standard \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/electric-lift-recliner-chair\" title=\"Goldfern Electric Dual Motor Lift Recliner Chair\"\u003eGoldfern Dual Motor Lift Chair\u003c\/a\u003e?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Heavy Duty model has an approximately 545 mm seat width and 220 kg user capacity. The standard model is narrower at about 440 mm between the arms and supports up to 150 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does dual motor mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe backrest and leg rest can be adjusted independently rather than moving together as one linked mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the chair have a lift function?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It raises and tilts forward to assist the transition from sitting toward standing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the Goldfern zero-gravity chair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the Heavy-Duty Dual Motor Lift Chair and should not be confused with Goldfern's separate multi-motor \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/goldfern-zero-gravity-electric-lift-recliner-chair\"\u003eZero Gravity\u003c\/a\u003e model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e220 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the seat depth?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 525 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the width inside the arms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 545 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the seat height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 460 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the overall width?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 920 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have battery backup?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. An external battery backup is included and should be maintained according to the chair instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours does MoveSmart stock?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePale Grey and Steel Grey, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActuator 12 months, remote 12 months and frame 24 months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be delivered throughout New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. MoveSmart can arrange delivery of lift chairs to customers across New Zealand. Get in touch if you would like help confirming chair size or delivery arrangements before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e525 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e545 mm inside arms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight to seat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e460 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e920 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e105 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e720 x 920 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCurrent MoveSmart colours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePale Grey; Steel Grey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eActuator 12 months; remote 12 months; frame 24 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Pale Grey","offer_id":41955675668555,"sku":"GF-HDLIFTCHR-1","price":2095.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Steel Grey","offer_id":41955675701323,"sku":"GF-HDLIFTCHR-2","price":2095.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Heavy_Duty_Lift_Chair_no_remote.png?v=1780696983"},{"product_id":"heartway-vita-s12-mobility-scooter","title":"Heartway Maven S12 Mobility Scooter","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHeartway Maven S12 Mobility Scooter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eHeartway Maven S12 Mobility Scooter\u003c\/strong\u003e is the long-range road and community model in MoveSmart's Heartway range. It is larger and faster than the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/heartway-pf6ks-mobility-scooter\"\u003eBlaze\u003c\/a\u003e, with a \u003cstrong\u003e700W motor\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e160 kg safe working load\u003c\/strong\u003e, full suspension and up to \u003cstrong\u003e45 km travel range\u003c\/strong\u003e for users who expect to cover more distance around town, on paths and through the community.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt up to \u003cstrong\u003e15 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e, the Maven is designed for regular outdoor mobility rather than car-boot portability. A detailed LCD console, full LED lighting, mirrors, front basket and swivel seat make it a well-equipped everyday scooter for longer trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere the Maven Fits in the Heartway Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/heartway-s21f-mobility-scooter\"\u003eFreestyler\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e is the compact automatic-folding travel model. The \u003cstrong\u003eBlaze\u003c\/strong\u003e is the narrower mid-size outdoor scooter. The \u003cstrong\u003eMaven\u003c\/strong\u003e steps up to 160 kg capacity, 15 km\/h speed and up to 45 km range for longer community travel. The \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/heartway-vita-s12x-mobility-scooter\"\u003eMaven XR\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e then adds more ground clearance, a 900W motor and semi-all-terrain tyres for more demanding outdoor surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the Maven when distance, road\/community comfort and everyday equipment matter more than compact size, but you do not need the extra bulk and ruggedness of the XR.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e700W Motor and 80Ah Batteries\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Maven uses a \u003cstrong\u003e700W motor\u003c\/strong\u003e powered by two \u003cstrong\u003e12V 80Ah batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e. This combination supports a travel range of up to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e45 km\u003c\/strong\u003e under suitable conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eReal-world range varies with user weight, gradients, surface, temperature, battery condition and driving style. For regular long-distance use, plan with a sensible reserve rather than relying on the absolute maximum range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFull Suspension for Community Travel\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDouble A-arm front suspension and a rear shock absorber help smooth normal road and path irregularities. The Maven is intended for substantial everyday outdoor use, but its approximately \u003cstrong\u003e8 cm ground clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e is lower than the Maven XR's 17 cm, which is one reason the XR is the better choice for rougher terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLCD Console, Lighting and Visibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe LCD console displays speed, temperature, battery status, trip distance and odometer information. Full LED lighting, mirrors and indicators support visibility and practical community use, especially where longer trips extend into lower-light conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSwivel Seat and Adjustable Driving Position\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe seat swivels to assist access and transfers, while the armrests are adjustable. The seating area is approximately \u003cstrong\u003e50.8 cm wide by 48 cm deep\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing more space than the Blaze.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e700W motor\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e160 kg safe working load\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 45 km travel range\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum speed up to 15 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e with double A-arm front suspension and rear shock absorber.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 x 12V 80Ah batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLCD console\u003c\/strong\u003e with speed, temperature, battery, trip and odometer information.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwivel seat\u003c\/strong\u003e with adjustable armrests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectromagnetic braking\u003c\/strong\u003e with automatic parking function.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull LED lighting system\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront basket and mirrors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10° maximum safe slope\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlue and White variants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Heartway_Vita_S12_mobility_scooter.pdf?v=1756719656\" title=\"Heartway S12 Vita Mobility Scooter Owners Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eHeartway S12 Maven Mobility Scooter Owners Manual\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/FlMxPRNXjTQ?si=ZiVLKSM-X84qeWCE\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Heartway Maven best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits users who want a substantial long-range mobility scooter for regular community travel, with full suspension, a 160 kg capacity and up to 45 km range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Maven different from the Blaze?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Maven is larger, faster and longer-range. It supports up to 160 kg, reaches 15 km\/h and offers up to 45 km range, while the Blaze is narrower and more manoeuvrable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the Maven XR?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe XR has a stronger 900W motor, 17 cm ground clearance and semi-all-terrain tyres for rougher outdoor use. The standard Maven is the more road\/community-focused model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the safe working load?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e160 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to 15 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow far can it travel on a charge?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to approximately 45 km under suitable conditions. Actual range varies with load, terrain, gradients, battery condition, temperature and driving style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat batteries does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo 12V 80Ah batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat motor does it have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA 700W motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have full suspension?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It uses double A-arm suspension at the front and a rear shock absorber.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat information does the LCD display show?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSpeed, temperature, battery status, trip distance and odometer information.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum safe slope?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e10° under appropriate conditions. Surface, load and weather still affect safe operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the ground clearance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 8 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the turning radius?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 190 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the seat swivel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlue and White, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this mobility scooter available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe can and do deliver to customers across New Zealand — however, mobility scooters and power chairs are more complex products and can be sizeable, so we generally recommend finding a local retailer who can provide hands-on service and ongoing support. It is also a good idea to test-drive or trial a mobility scooter before committing to a purchase. MoveSmart focuses its sales and servicing within the Central Plateau region, but we are always happy to chat. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/pages\/contact\"\u003eGet in touch\u003c\/a\u003e and we can offer advice, suggest a trusted dealer closer to you, or work with you to tailor a solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafe working load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 cm wide x 142 cm long x 136 cm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50.8 cm wide x 48 cm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBackrest height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e69.8 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGround clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 12V 80Ah\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 45 km\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum safe slope\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDrive wheel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 × 12 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuspension\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e154 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight without batteries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e95 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Cubro","offers":[{"title":"Blue","offer_id":41717047033931,"sku":"CUB-HRTWYS12-B","price":8499.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":41717047066699,"sku":"CUB-HRTWYS12-W","price":8499.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/s12white01webjpg__Resampled.jpg?v=1766092891"},{"product_id":"heartway-vita-s12x-mobility-scooter","title":"Heartway Maven XR Mobility Scooter","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHeartway Maven XR Mobility Scooter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eHeartway Maven XR Mobility Scooter\u003c\/strong\u003e is the largest and most rugged model in MoveSmart's current Heartway scooter range. It is built for users who need more ground clearance, stronger suspension and deeper-tread tyres than a conventional road or community scooter provides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003e900W 4-pole motor\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e17 cm ground clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e, heavy-duty full suspension and large semi-all-terrain tyres give the Maven XR more capability on suitable gravel, firm grass and uneven outdoor surfaces. It supports users up to \u003cstrong\u003e160 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, reaches up to \u003cstrong\u003e15 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e, and offers a travel range of up to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e40 km\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere the Maven XR Fits in the Heartway Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/heartway-s21f-mobility-scooter\"\u003eFreestyler\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e is the compact automatic-folding travel model. The \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/heartway-pf6ks-mobility-scooter\"\u003eBlaze\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e is the narrower mid-size outdoor scooter. The \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/heartway-vita-s12-mobility-scooter\"\u003eMaven\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e is the long-range road and community model. The \u003cstrong\u003eMaven XR\u003c\/strong\u003e goes further toward semi-all-terrain use with a stronger 900W motor, 17 cm clearance, larger tyres and more substantial suspension.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the XR when rougher outdoor surfaces are a regular part of the journey and the scooter's extra size is acceptable. If most travel is on formed paths and roads, the standard Maven is smaller and provides a slightly longer stated range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e900W Motor and Heavy-Duty Suspension\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Maven XR uses a \u003cstrong\u003e900W 4-pole motor\u003c\/strong\u003e with an S-Drive 200A controller. Double A-arm front suspension and rear shock absorption are designed to manage more demanding outdoor surfaces than the standard Maven.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is still a mobility scooter rather than an off-road recreational vehicle. Loose gravel, steep slopes, mud, deep grass and unstable surfaces can exceed the safe limits of any scooter, so terrain should always be assessed conservatively.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e17 cm Ground Clearance and Deep-Tread Tyres\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eGround clearance is approximately \u003cstrong\u003e17 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e, substantially more than the standard Maven's 8 cm. Front wheels are approximately \u003cstrong\u003e35 × 12 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e and drive wheels around \u003cstrong\u003e38 × 15 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e, with deep-tread semi-all-terrain tyres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe extra clearance and tyre size are the main reasons to choose the XR for rougher paths, but they also contribute to the scooter's larger footprint and approximately \u003cstrong\u003e200 cm turning radius\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLong-Range 80Ah Battery System\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo \u003cstrong\u003e12V 80Ah batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e provide a travel range of up to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e40 km\u003c\/strong\u003e under suitable conditions. Actual distance varies with user weight, terrain, gradients, tyre pressure, temperature, battery condition and driving style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCaptain Seat, LCD Console and Lighting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe captain-style seat swivels and has adjustable armrests to assist access and driving comfort. The LCD console provides key driving information, while full LED lighting, mirrors and a front basket support regular outdoor and community use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e900W 4-pole motor\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e160 kg safe working load\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 40 km travel range\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum speed up to 15 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e17 cm ground clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-duty full suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e with double A-arm front suspension and rear shock absorption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge deep-tread semi-all-terrain tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 x 12V 80Ah batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eS-Drive 200A controller\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCaptain-style swivel seat\u003c\/strong\u003e with adjustable armrests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLCD console\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull LED lighting\u003c\/strong\u003e, front basket and mirrors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTitanium Grey finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Heartway S12X Vita Mobility Scooter Owners Manual\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Heartway_Vita_S12_mobility_scooter.pdf?v=1756719656\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eHeartway Maven XR Mobility Scooter Owners Manual\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/50G2Nl9Nomw?si=55DnFLLRA5TTFGD0\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Heartway Maven XR best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits users who regularly encounter rougher outdoor surfaces and want more ground clearance, stronger suspension and larger tyres than a conventional community scooter provides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Maven XR different from the standard Maven?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe XR has a stronger 900W motor, 17 cm ground clearance and larger semi-all-terrain tyres. The standard Maven is smaller, more road\/community focused and has a slightly longer stated range of up to 45 km.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Maven XR an off-road scooter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is best described as semi-all-terrain. It is suited to appropriate roads, paths, firm grass, gravel and uneven outdoor surfaces, but not unsafe steep, loose, muddy or unstable terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the safe working load?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e160 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe current specification is up to 15 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the travel range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to approximately 40 km per charge under suitable conditions. Actual range varies with load, terrain, gradients, tyre pressure, battery condition, temperature and driving style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat motor does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA 4-pole 900W motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat batteries does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo 12V 80Ah batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the ground clearance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 17 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have full suspension?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It uses heavy-duty full suspension with double A-arm front suspension and rear shock absorption.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the turning radius?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 200 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow large is the scooter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 79 cm wide x 162 cm long x 145 cm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the seat swivel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The captain-style seat swivels and has adjustable armrests.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colour is available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTitanium Grey.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this mobility scooter available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe can and do deliver to customers across New Zealand — however, mobility scooters and power chairs are more complex products and can be sizeable, so we generally recommend finding a local retailer who can provide hands-on service and ongoing support. It is also a good idea to test-drive or trial a mobility scooter before committing to a purchase. MoveSmart focuses its sales and servicing within the Central Plateau region, but we are always happy to chat. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/pages\/contact\"\u003eGet in touch\u003c\/a\u003e and we can offer advice, suggest a trusted dealer closer to you, or work with you to tailor a solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafe working load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e79 cm wide x 162 cm long x 145 cm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 cm wide x 48 cm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGround clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 12V 80Ah\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 40 km\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4-pole 900W, 25:1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eController\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eS-Drive 200A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFront wheel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 × 12 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDrive wheel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 × 15 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuspension\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight without batteries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Cubro","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41717054505035,"sku":"CUB-HRTWYS21X","price":10999.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/vitas12xtitanium01webjpg__Resampled.jpg?v=1756590603"},{"product_id":"goldfern-x-fold-plus-rollator","title":"Goldfern X-FOLD PLUS Rollator","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern X-FOLD PLUS Rollator\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern X-FOLD PLUS Rollator\u003c\/strong\u003e is the high-capacity model in Goldfern's lightweight X-FOLD range. It combines a \u003cstrong\u003e180 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e with a frame weighing only about \u003cstrong\u003e6.3 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it particularly useful when both capacity and easy vehicle handling matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemovable 20.3 cm (8\") wheels, a compact folding aluminium frame and a shopping bag that converts to a shoulder or satchel bag make the PLUS well suited to everyday use and transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere the X-FOLD PLUS Fits in the Goldfern Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PLUS is the portability-focused 180 kg option. Compared with the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/heavy-duty-premium-rollator\"\u003eHeavy Duty Premium Rollator\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, it is around 4.5 kg lighter and much easier to lift, while the Heavy Duty Premium provides a more substantial padded-seat setup. Compared with the\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/goldfern-x-fold-rollator\" title=\"Goldfern X-FOLD Rollator\"\u003e \u003c\/a\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/goldfern-x-fold-rollator\" title=\"Goldfern X-FOLD Rollator\"\u003eX-FOLD\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/goldfern-x-fold-mini-rollator\"\u003eX-FOLD Mini\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, the PLUS keeps the lightweight folding concept but adds significantly more capacity and width between the arms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is also the X-FOLD model to consider when Goldfern's Gutter Arm or Long Handle accessory kits are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHigh Capacity Without Heavy Carrying Weight\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 180 kg user rating is unusual in a rollator weighing approximately 6.3 kg. That combination can be useful for someone who needs a higher-capacity walking aid but still expects the rollator to be lifted into a vehicle regularly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe frame provides approximately \u003cstrong\u003e67 cm between the arms\u003c\/strong\u003e, giving substantially more seating and walking space than the X-FOLD and X-FOLD Mini.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFolding Frame, Removable Wheels and Convertible Bag\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe aluminium frame folds for storage and the 20.3 cm (8\") wheels can be removed to reduce transport bulk further. The removable shopping bag can be carried separately as a shoulder or satchel bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA retaining strap helps keep the folded frame together when the bag is removed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAccessory Compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/gutter-arm-kit-for-x-fold-rollators\" rel=\"noopener\" title=\"Gutter Arm Kit for Goldfern X-FOLD Rollators\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGutter Arm Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/long-handle-kit-for-x-fold-rollators\" title=\"Long Handle Kit for X-FOLD Rollators\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLong Handle Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e are available separately and are compatible with the X-FOLD PLUS.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e180 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6.3 kg total weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight aluminium folding frame\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e67 cm width between the arms\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20.3 cm (8\") removable wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable shopping bag converts to a shoulder\/satchel bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure opening and closing mechanisms with retaining strap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for indoor and outdoor use on stable surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eISO 11199-2:2021 certified\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with Goldfern X-FOLD Gutter Arm and Long Handle kits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDark Grey finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMinor assembly required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12-month warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/X-Fold_Rollator_Range_Instruction_Manual.pdf?v=1756718430\" title=\"Goldfern X-FOLD Rollator Range Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eGoldfern X-FOLD Rollator Range Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the X-FOLD PLUS best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt suits users who need a high-capacity rollator but still want a lightweight frame that is easier to lift and transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does it compare with the Heavy Duty Premium Rollator?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth support up to 180 kg. The PLUS weighs about 6.3 kg and prioritises portability, while the Heavy Duty Premium is heavier and provides a more substantial padded-seat configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does it compare with the X-FOLD Mini?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PLUS provides much more width between the arms and a 180 kg capacity, while the Mini is the narrower compact model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e180 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much does it weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 6.3 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the seat height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 56 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the handle-height range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 78–88 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow wide is it between the arms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 5.25 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the overall width?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 67 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e20.3 cm (8\") removable wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the shopping bag detach?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It can also be used as a shoulder or satchel bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan gutter arms be fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Gutter Arm Kit is compatible with the X-FOLD PLUS.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the Long Handle Kit be fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat standard is it certified to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eISO 11199-2:2021.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustable handle height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e78–88 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth between arms\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e67 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e73 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.3 cm (8\"), removable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDark Grey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO 11199-2:2021\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41717549203531,"sku":"GF-XFOLD-PLUS","price":449.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/X-Fold-PLUS-Square-Web-1536x1536.png?v=1756635658"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-premium-rollator","title":"GF Heavy Duty Premium Rollator","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern Heavy Duty Premium Rollator\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Heavy Duty Premium Rollator\u003c\/strong\u003e is the wider, more substantial high-capacity model in Goldfern's rollator range. It combines a folding aluminium frame with a padded solid-base seat, 20.3 cm (8\") solid wheels and a \u003cstrong\u003e180 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it a strong option for users who need more seating width and capacity than a standard rollator provides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame weighs approximately \u003cstrong\u003e10.8 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e and provides around \u003cstrong\u003e48 cm between the arms\u003c\/strong\u003e. A removable under-seat bag, padded back support and lockable hand brakes complete the everyday setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere the Heavy Duty Premium Fits in the Goldfern Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose this model when extra width, a substantial padded seat and a 180 kg capacity are more important than minimum carrying weight. The \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/goldfern-x-fold-plus-rollator\"\u003eX-FOLD PLUS\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e also supports up to 180 kg but is dramatically lighter at approximately 6.3 kg and is designed around portability. The Heavy Duty Premium is the better comparison when a broader, more conventional seated rollator is preferred.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor tighter indoor spaces, Goldfern's \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/goldfern-narrow-premium-rollator\"\u003eNarrow Premium\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/goldfern-x-fold-mini-rollator\"\u003eX-FOLD Mini\u003c\/a\u003e are more compact choices.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWide, High-Capacity Seating\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe padded seat sits approximately \u003cstrong\u003e57 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e from the ground, with about \u003cstrong\u003e48 cm between the arms\u003c\/strong\u003e. The solid-base seat and padded back bar provide a more substantial resting setup than the lightweight mesh-seat designs used on some compact rollators.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlways engage the parking brakes before sitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eStorage and Optional Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA removable carry bag sits beneath the seat for everyday items. An optional wire basket can replace the bag, and an optional food tray is available for the Premium Rollator range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e180 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eISO 11199-2:2021 tested and approved\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolding aluminium frame\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20.3 cm (8\") solid rubber wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10.8 kg product weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e48 cm width between the arms\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePadded solid-base seat and back support bar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable under-seat carry bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional wire storage basket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional food tray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable ergonomic handles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandle-mounted brakes with parking lock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12-month warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Premium_Rollator_Range_1.pdf?v=1756718429\" title=\"Goldfern Premium Rollator Range Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eGoldfern Premium Rollator Range Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Heavy Duty Premium Rollator best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits users who need a wider seated rollator with a high 180 kg user capacity and do not mind a heavier frame than the X-FOLD range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the X-FOLD PLUS?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth support up to 180 kg. The X-FOLD PLUS is much lighter at approximately 6.3 kg, while the Heavy Duty Premium provides a broader, more substantial padded-seat setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e180 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does it weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 10.8 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e20.3 cm (8\") solid rubber wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow wide is it between the arms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 48 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the overall width?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 63.5 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the seat height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 57 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the handle-height range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 85.5–94.2 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a storage bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A removable under-seat bag is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the bag be replaced with a basket?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. An optional wire basket is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs a food tray available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. An optional tray is available for the Premium Rollator range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat standard is it tested to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eISO 11199-2:2021.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.3 cm (8\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth between arms\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e69 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e57 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustable handle height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85.5–94.2 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO 11199-2:2021\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41729529643083,"sku":"GF-PREMHDWALKER","price":499.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/hd-premium-1536x1536.png?v=1757063419"},{"product_id":"kiwi-1400-heavy-duty-sport-mobility-scooter","title":"Kiwi 1400 Heavy Duty Sport Mobility Scooter","description":"\u003ch2\u003eKiwi 1400 Heavy Duty Sport Mobility Scooter\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eKiwi 1400\u003c\/strong\u003e is a large single-seat heavy-duty mobility scooter for users who want high load capacity, wide off-road tyres and substantial suspension for rural properties, longer outdoor routes and rougher suitable surfaces. It combines a \u003cstrong\u003e1400W motor\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e250 kg maximum load\u003c\/strong\u003e, 33 cm (13\") extra-wide tyres and hydraulic suspension at both the front and rear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart currently offers the open \u003cstrong\u003eNo Canopy\u003c\/strong\u003e configuration and a \u003cstrong\u003eCanopy\u003c\/strong\u003e version with the windscreen\/canopy setup associated with the Kiwi 1400SS style.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003eColours are limited to Blue for the standard 1400S and Burnt Orange for the 1400SS with canopy.  Custom colour options are available for pre-order with a delivery time of four to six weeks and on occasion limited edition colours are available in New Zealand. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing Between the Kiwi 1400 and Kiwi 900ES\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Kiwi 1400 is the heavy-duty \u003cstrong\u003esingle-seat\u003c\/strong\u003e option. It is wider, more powerful and more rugged than a conventional road scooter and is aimed at users who need extra capacity and outdoor capability rather than compact dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eKiwi 900ES\u003c\/strong\u003e serves a different purpose: it is a large \u003cstrong\u003edouble-seat\u003c\/strong\u003e scooter with a higher combined load capacity for two-person use. Choose the 1400 when one rider needs the stronger 1400W single-seat platform; choose the 900ES when carrying two people is the priority.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e1400W Motor and 250 kg Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1400W motor and \u003cstrong\u003e250 kg maximum load\u003c\/strong\u003e make this one of the higher-capacity mobility scooters in the MoveSmart range. Two 75Ah batteries provide the electrical system for extended outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause this is a large scooter, room to turn, store and transport it matters just as much as motor output. Overall dimensions are approximately \u003cstrong\u003e160 cm long, 80.5 cm wide and 143.5 cm high\u003c\/strong\u003e, with a turning radius of around \u003cstrong\u003e160 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e33 cm (13\") Extra-Wide Tyres and Hydraulic Suspension\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Kiwi 1400 uses \u003cstrong\u003e33 cm (13\") extra-wide off-road tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e with front and rear hydraulic suspension. That combination is intended for more demanding outdoor surfaces than a small urban or travel scooter, including suitable firm grass, formed gravel and uneven private-property routes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt should still be treated as a mobility scooter rather than an off-road recreational vehicle. Loose gravel, mud, steep slopes and unstable ground can exceed the safe limits of any scooter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e14 km\/h Maximum Speed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Kiwi 1400 has a maximum speed of approximately \u003cstrong\u003e14 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e, giving it strong outdoor cruising performance while retaining the stability and heavy-duty chassis expected from a large mobility scooter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRange Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Kiwi 1400 has a stated range of up to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e58 km\u003c\/strong\u003e under suitable conditions. As with all mobility scooters, real-world range depends heavily on user weight, terrain, gradients, tyre pressure, temperature, battery condition and driving style.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComfort, Visibility and Convenience\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe extra-wide seat, large rear basket and adjustable driving position are designed for longer outdoor journeys. Twin headlights improve forward visibility, while Bluetooth audio and USB charging add everyday convenience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe canopy version adds more weather protection, but it also increases overall bulk and does not make the scooter suitable for every weather condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1400W motor\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e250 kg maximum load\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum speed approximately 14 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e33 cm (13\") extra-wide off-road tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncline capability up to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e15°\u003c\/strong\u003e under suitable conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront and rear hydraulic suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo 75Ah batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwin headlights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBluetooth audio system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUSB charging port.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtra-wide seat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge rear basket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurrent MoveSmart options: \u003cstrong\u003eNo Canopy\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eCanopy\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/lp_jCYdE9Yk?si=E8XvCJFPICkU0qiu\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Kiwi 1400 best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt suits a single rider who needs a high-capacity, powerful outdoor mobility scooter with wide tyres and substantial suspension for rural property, formed gravel, firm grass and other suitable uneven surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the Kiwi 900ES?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Kiwi 1400 is a heavy-duty single-seat scooter with a 1400W motor and 250 kg maximum load. The Kiwi 900ES is a double-seat scooter intended for two-person travel and has a higher combined load capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum load?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat motor is fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 1400W motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the top speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 14 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the tyres?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e33 cm (13\") extra-wide off-road tyres.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the incline capability?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUp to approximately 15° under suitable conditions. Surface, load, weather and traction all affect safe hill performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat suspension does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHydraulic suspension at the front and rear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat batteries are fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo 75Ah batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat range can it achieve?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUp to approximately 58 km under suitable conditions. Actual range varies substantially with user weight, terrain, gradients, tyre pressure, temperature, battery condition and driving style.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat dashboard and convenience features are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current model includes a large display, Bluetooth audio and USB charging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include storage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. A large rear basket is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the current MoveSmart options?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo Canopy is the open Kiwi 1400 configuration and typically available in blue; Canopy adds the windscreen and canopy setup associated with the Kiwi 1400SS-style configuration and is available in burnt orange.  Custom colours are available for pre-order and limited edition models in alternative colours are sometimes available.  Enquire with MoveSmart for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this mobility scooter available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe can and do deliver to customers across New Zealand — however, mobility scooters and power chairs are more complex products and can be sizeable, so we generally recommend finding a local retailer who can provide hands-on service and ongoing support. It is also a good idea to test-drive or trial a mobility scooter before committing to a purchase. MoveSmart focuses its sales and servicing within the Central Plateau region, but we are always happy to chat. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/pages\/contact\"\u003eGet in touch\u003c\/a\u003e and we can offer advice, suggest a trusted dealer closer to you, or work with you to tailor a solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1400W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTop speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 14 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRange\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to approx. 58 km\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTyres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 cm (13\") extra-wide off-road\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncline capability\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 15° under suitable conditions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuspension\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic, front and rear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBatteries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 75Ah\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 160 × 80.5 × 143.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 160 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCurrent options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo Canopy (Blue); Canopy (Burnt Orange)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Kiwi","offers":[{"title":"No Canopy","offer_id":42554744995915,"sku":"KIWI-1400","price":7895.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Canopy","offer_id":42554745028683,"sku":"KIWI-1400SS","price":8495.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/11.webp?v=1758924009"},{"product_id":"pride-mobility-quantum-outback-4x4-powerchair","title":"Pride Mobility Quantum Outback 4X4 Powerchair","description":"\u003ch2\u003eTrue 4-Motor Drive for Rugged Outdoor Terrain\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ePride Outback® 4×4 Powerchair\u003c\/strong\u003e is built for users who need powered mobility beyond smooth indoor floors and sealed footpaths. Four independent drive motors, automotive-grade Smooth Ride Suspension (SRS) and \u003cstrong\u003e35.6 cm (14\") knobby pneumatic tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e provide traction, ground clearance and ride stability across gravel, grass, rural properties and other suitable uneven terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Outback 4×4 supports users up to \u003cstrong\u003e159 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, reaches speeds of up to \u003cstrong\u003e10 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e and provides a range of up to \u003cstrong\u003e25.75 km at a 136 kg user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003e27.4 km at 99.8 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e. A \u003cstrong\u003e10.7 cm ground clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e at the motors helps it negotiate surface transitions that would be difficult for a conventional indoor-focused powerchair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAutomotive-grade SRS suspension works with the four-motor independent-drive system to maintain control on challenging surfaces. LED lighting supports visibility, while the standard centre-mount footboard can be replaced with optional swing-away leg rests when a different lower-limb setup is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePride Outback 4×4 – Key Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour-motor independent drive\u003c\/strong\u003e for true all-wheel traction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomotive-grade Smooth Ride Suspension (SRS)\u003c\/strong\u003e for uneven outdoor surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e35.6 cm (14\") knobby pneumatic drive tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e for off-road grip and cushioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e159 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum speed of 10 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 25.75 km range at 136 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e or 27.4 km at 99.8 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e125 cm turning radius\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10.7 cm ground clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e at the motors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e120A Q-Logic 3e electronics\u003c\/strong\u003e with specialty-control compatibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED lighting package\u003c\/strong\u003e for improved visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCentre-mount footboard\u003c\/strong\u003e as standard with optional swing-away leg rests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQ Captain Back and Flex seating options\u003c\/strong\u003e available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e95Ah battery system\u003c\/strong\u003e with off-board 8A charger.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Pride Outback 4×4?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Outback 4×4 is designed for users whose mobility needs regularly include rougher outdoor environments. Its independent four-motor drivetrain, SRS suspension, high ground clearance and knobby pneumatic tyres provide substantially more terrain capability than a conventional indoor-outdoor powerchair while retaining powered seating and control options for daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/US_AU_Quantum-Outback_om_RevA_Jun24_5430.pdf?v=1762656323\" rel=\"noopener\" title=\"Pride Quantum Outback 4X4 Powerchair User Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ePride Quantum Outback 4X4 Power Chair User Manual\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/vd7FiNclEGg?si=lET-H2vxPKRC9Jql\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes the Outback 4×4 different from a standard powerchair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses four independent drive motors, automotive-grade SRS suspension, high ground clearance and 35.6 cm (14\") knobby pneumatic tyres for significantly greater outdoor terrain capability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat terrain is the Outback 4×4 designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for outdoor environments such as gravel paths, grass, rural properties, bush tracks and other suitable uneven terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maximum user weight is 159 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maximum speed is up to 10 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow far can the Outback 4×4 travel on one charge?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stated range is up to 25.75 km at a 136 kg user weight and up to 27.4 km at 99.8 kg. Actual range varies with user weight, terrain, tyre pressure, battery condition, temperature and driving conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the turning radius?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe turning radius is approximately 125 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the ground clearance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGround clearance is approximately 10.7 cm at the motors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the four-motor drive system work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach drive wheel is powered independently, providing all-wheel traction and improved control over uneven or low-grip outdoor surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does SRS suspension do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSmooth Ride Suspension is an automotive-grade suspension system designed to absorb terrain changes and maintain a more controlled ride over uneven surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat tyres does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Outback 4×4 uses 35.6 cm (14\") knobby pneumatic drive tyres for traction and cushioning on rougher terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include lights?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. An LED lighting package is included for improved visibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat foot support comes standard?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA centre-mount footboard is standard. Swing-away leg rests are available as an optional alternative.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat batteries does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe chair uses two 12V 95Ah batteries with an off-board 8A charger.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat seating options are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe standard high-back seat is approximately 46.5 x 46.5 cm, with Q Captain Back and Flex specialty seating options available.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Outback 4×4 is available in Sage and Tan.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this power chair available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe can and do deliver to customers across New Zealand — however, mobility scooters and power chairs are more complex products and can be sizeable, so we generally recommend finding a local retailer who can provide hands-on service and ongoing support. It is also a good idea to trial a power chair before committing to a purchase. MoveSmart focuses its sales and servicing within the Central Plateau region, but we are always happy to chat. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/pages\/contact\"\u003eGet in touch\u003c\/a\u003e and we can offer advice, suggest a trusted dealer closer to you, or work with you to tailor a solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePride Outback® 4×4 Powerchair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e159 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRange per charge\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 25.75 km at 136 kg; up to 27.4 km at 99.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e106.7 cm long x 73.2 cm wide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGround clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.7 cm at motors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeaviest piece\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard seat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46.5 cm wide x 46.5 cm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard seat weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat-to-floor range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52–55.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eElectronics\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120A Q-Logic 3e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecialty controls\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupported\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDrivetrain\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour-motor independent drive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBraking\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegenerative and electro-mechanical\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuspension\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomotive-grade Smooth Ride Suspension (SRS)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDrive wheels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35.6 cm (14\") knobby pneumatic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBatteries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 12V 95Ah\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery charger\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOff-board 8A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.6 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSage and Tan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum recommended incline\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14.1% (8°)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Pride Mobility","offers":[{"title":"Sage","offer_id":41885103358027,"sku":"PRIDE-OUTBACK4X4S","price":17999.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Tan","offer_id":41885103390795,"sku":"PRIDE-OUTBACK4X4T","price":17999.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/outback-product2-png_d7d0e5a8.png?v=1762656251"},{"product_id":"pride-mobility-sport-rider-mobility-scooter","title":"Pride Mobility Sport Rider Mobility Scooter","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMotorcycle-Inspired 3-Wheel Scooter for Long-Distance Outdoor Mobility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ePride Sport Rider\u003c\/strong\u003e is a full-size three-wheel mobility scooter combining motorcycle-inspired styling with strong outdoor performance. Large \u003cstrong\u003e48.3 cm (19\") pneumatic tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e, front and rear suspension and an adjustable captain’s high-back seat provide a stable, comfortable platform for extended community travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Sport Rider supports users up to \u003cstrong\u003e181 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, reaches speeds of up to \u003cstrong\u003e10 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e and provides a range of up to \u003cstrong\u003e35 km per charge\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its three-wheel layout delivers a \u003cstrong\u003e158 cm turning radius\u003c\/strong\u003e, while \u003cstrong\u003e12.7 cm ground clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e supports travel over suitable uneven outdoor surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA digital speedometer and odometer help track speed and distance, while a battery volt gauge provides battery information at a glance. Powerful front and rear lighting improves visibility, and the large lockable rear storage pod keeps personal items secure during longer journeys.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePride Sport Rider – Key Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-wheel motorcycle-inspired design\u003c\/strong\u003e for distinctive styling and manoeuvrability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 35 km range\u003c\/strong\u003e per charge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e181 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum speed of 10 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e158 cm turning radius\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12.7 cm ground clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e at the shroud.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e48.3 cm (19\") pneumatic tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e front and rear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront and rear suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e for smoother outdoor travel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable captain’s high-back seat\u003c\/strong\u003e measuring approximately 51 x 56 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital speedometer and odometer\u003c\/strong\u003e for speed and distance tracking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery volt gauge\u003c\/strong\u003e for battery monitoring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowerful front and rear lighting\u003c\/strong\u003e for improved visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge lockable rear storage pod\u003c\/strong\u003e for secure storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo 70Ah batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e with off-board 8A charger.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Sportrider-Owners-Manual-1.pdf?v=1762657467\" rel=\"noopener\" title=\"Pride Mobility Sport Rider Mobility Scooter Owners Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ePride Mobility Sport Rider Mobility Scooter Owners Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Pride Sport Rider?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Sport Rider is designed for users who want long-distance outdoor capability with a distinctive steering and seating experience. Its three-wheel layout, large pneumatic tyres, full suspension, 181 kg user capacity and 35 km range make it a substantial community mobility scooter for regular outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/le62h4244GI?si=M6IoJzpwyeRcdtCp\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Sport Rider supports users up to 181 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow far can it travel on one charge?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stated range is up to 35 km per charge. Actual range varies with user weight, terrain, tyre pressure, battery condition, temperature and driving conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maximum speed is up to 10 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Sport Rider a three-wheel or four-wheel scooter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a three-wheel mobility scooter with motorcycle-inspired styling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the turning radius?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe turning radius is approximately 158 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the ground clearance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGround clearance is approximately 12.7 cm at the shroud.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat suspension does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Sport Rider uses suspension at both the front and rear for improved comfort on varied outdoor surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat tyres does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses large 48.3 cm (19\") pneumatic tyres at the front and rear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size is the standard seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe adjustable captain’s high-back seat measures approximately 51 cm wide by 56 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat information does the digital display provide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe controls include a digital speedometer and odometer for speed and distance, along with a battery volt gauge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include lighting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Powerful front and rear lighting is included for improved visibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have storage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A large lockable storage pod is fitted at the rear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat batteries does the Sport Rider use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe scooter uses two 70Ah batteries with an off-board 8A charger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat surfaces is it suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Sport Rider is designed for outdoor community travel and performs well on sealed paths, boardwalks and many gravel, grass and uneven-pavement surfaces when conditions are suitable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this mobility scooter available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe can and do deliver to customers across New Zealand — however, mobility scooters and power chairs are more complex products and can be sizeable, so we generally recommend finding a local retailer who can provide hands-on service and ongoing support. It is also a good idea to test-drive or trial a mobility scooter before committing to a purchase. MoveSmart focuses its sales and servicing within the Central Plateau region, but we are always happy to chat. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/pages\/contact\"\u003eGet in touch\u003c\/a\u003e and we can offer advice, suggest a trusted dealer closer to you, or work with you to tailor a solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePride Sport Rider\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e181 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRange per charge\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 35 km\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e158 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e165 cm long x 78 cm wide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGround clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.7 cm at shroud\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115 kg excluding batteries\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCaptain’s adjustable high-back seat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 cm wide x 56 cm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheel configuration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFront tyres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3 cm (19\") pneumatic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRear tyres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48.3 cm (19\") pneumatic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuspension\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront and rear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBatteries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 70Ah\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery charger\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOff-board 8A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23.7 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum recommended incline\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.6% (10°)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years structural frame and drivetrain; 1 year electronics; 6 months batteries\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Pride Mobility","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41885105291339,"sku":"PRIDE-SPORTRIDER","price":8899.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/1559018.jpg?v=1790568516"},{"product_id":"pride-mobility-jazzy-elite-hd-powerchair","title":"Pride Mobility Jazzy Elite HD Powerchair","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHeavy-Duty Front-Wheel-Drive Powerchair with 204 kg Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ePride Jazzy® Elite HD\u003c\/strong\u003e is a heavy-duty powerchair designed for users who need a higher weight capacity and strong indoor-outdoor performance. Its two-motor front-wheel-drive system and large \u003cstrong\u003e35.6 cm (14\") drive wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e provide traction and predictable handling across suitable community surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Elite HD supports users up to \u003cstrong\u003e204 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e while retaining a \u003cstrong\u003e61.9 cm turning radius\u003c\/strong\u003e for manoeuvring in tighter spaces. Large front drive wheels help absorb surface transitions, while solid front anti-tip wheels add stability. The chair uses \u003cstrong\u003elimited suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e rather than a full Active-Trac® suspension system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA depth-adjustable, limited-recline high-back seat, angle-adjustable foot platform and intuitive controller support comfortable daily use. The Elite HD reaches speeds of up to \u003cstrong\u003e6.4 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e and provides a range of up to \u003cstrong\u003e15.77 km per charge\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePride Jazzy Elite HD – Key Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e204 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e for heavy-duty powered mobility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo-motor front-wheel drive\u003c\/strong\u003e for strong traction and responsive handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e35.6 cm (14\") drive wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e for improved outdoor performance and shock absorption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e61.9 cm turning radius\u003c\/strong\u003e for manoeuvring in confined areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 15.77 km range\u003c\/strong\u003e per charge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum speed of 6.4 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e7.6 cm ground clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e at the foot-platform mount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLimited suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e with solid front anti-tip wheels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth-adjustable, limited-recline high-back seat\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAngle-adjustable foot platform\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy rear battery access\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e55Ah battery system\u003c\/strong\u003e with off-board 5A charger.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Pride Jazzy Elite HD?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Elite HD combines a 204 kg user capacity with front-wheel-drive traction and large 35.6 cm (14\") drive wheels, making it a practical choice for users who need a stronger powerchair without giving up indoor manoeuvrability. Its heavy-duty construction and stable seating platform are designed for regular daily use across home and community environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/US_Elite-Series-HD-and-14_om_RevD_May22_4371.pdf?v=1762662273\" title=\"Pride Jazzy Elite HD Powerchair Owners Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ePride Mobility Jazzy Elite HD Powerchair Owners Manual\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/NjKfTh1M1NM?si=ndxVEm5FOGvzfwB2\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Jazzy Elite HD supports users up to 204 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow far can it travel on one charge?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stated range is up to 15.77 km per charge. Actual range varies with user weight, terrain, battery condition, temperature and driving conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maximum speed is up to 6.4 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat type of drivetrain does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Elite HD uses a two-motor front-wheel-drive system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the drive wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe front drive wheels are 35.6 cm (14\") in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the Jazzy Elite HD have Active-Trac® suspension?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The Elite HD uses limited suspension. Its large front drive wheels help absorb surface transitions, while front anti-tip wheels add stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the turning radius?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe turning radius is 61.9 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the ground clearance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGround clearance is approximately 7.6 cm at the foot-platform mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the seat adjustable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The high-back seat is depth adjustable and includes limited recline.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the foot platform adjustable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The foot platform angle can be adjusted.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat batteries does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Elite HD uses two 12V 55Ah batteries with an off-board 5A charger.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow heavy is the heaviest piece?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe heaviest piece is approximately 44.9 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the overall dimensions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe chair measures approximately 90 cm long and 61 cm wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe current warranty is 2 years on the structural frame and drivetrain, 1 year on electronics and 6 months on batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this power chair available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe can and do deliver to customers across New Zealand — however, mobility scooters and power chairs are more complex products and can be sizeable, so we generally recommend finding a local retailer who can provide hands-on service and ongoing support. It is also a good idea to trial a power chair before committing to a purchase. MoveSmart focuses its sales and servicing within the Central Plateau region, but we are always happy to chat. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/pages\/contact\"\u003eGet in touch\u003c\/a\u003e and we can offer advice, suggest a trusted dealer closer to you, or work with you to tailor a solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePride Jazzy® Elite HD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e204 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRange per charge\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 15.77 km\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.4 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61.9 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 cm long x 61 cm wide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGround clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.6 cm at foot-platform mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDrivetrain\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo-motor front-wheel drive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDrive wheels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35.6 cm (14\") flat-free\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFront anti-tips\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.6 cm (3\") solid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuspension\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLimited\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBatteries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 12V 55Ah\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery charger\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOff-board 5A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.8 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeaviest piece\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44.9 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMultiple high-back seat sizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth adjustable with limited recline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFoot platform\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAngle adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue and Red\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years structural frame and drivetrain; 1 year electronics; 6 months batteries\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Pride Mobility","offers":[{"title":"Blue","offer_id":41885134487627,"sku":null,"price":6395.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":41885134520395,"sku":null,"price":6395.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/web-image-template-1024x1024-jpg_4eb3f8da.jpg?v=1762662224"},{"product_id":"icare-bariatric-seat-cushion","title":"icare Supporta Bariatric Seat Cushion","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHeavy-Duty Bariatric Seating Support and Pressure Redistribution\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eicare Supporta Bariatric Seat Cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e is designed to provide enhanced comfort, support and stability for bariatric users across wheelchairs, lift chairs, recliners and home seating. Its generous \u003cstrong\u003e50 x 45 x 10 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e surface combines ergonomic contouring with a heavy-duty three-layer construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe three-layer design combines pressure redistribution, stability and support, with a high-density core built for demanding everyday use. A removable insert allows the cushion depth to be adjusted for a more personalised fit, while breathable Vant™ fabric encourages airflow and helps reduce heat build-up during extended sitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cushion has a \u003cstrong\u003e250 kg safe working load\u003c\/strong\u003e, a Low–Medium risk classification and a Medium Feel. A zip-off washable cover supports routine care and helps make the cushion practical for home, rehabilitation and care environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eicare Supporta Bariatric Seat Cushion – Key Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e250 kg safe working load\u003c\/strong\u003e for heavy-duty bariatric seating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-layer construction\u003c\/strong\u003e combining pressure redistribution, stability and support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-duty high-density core\u003c\/strong\u003e for dependable daily use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic contoured surface\u003c\/strong\u003e for supported sitting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable depth\u003c\/strong\u003e using a removable insert.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50 x 45 x 10 cm dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e with a generous seating area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBreathable Vant™ fabric\u003c\/strong\u003e to encourage airflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZip-off washable cover\u003c\/strong\u003e for routine care.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow–Medium risk classification\u003c\/strong\u003e with a Medium Feel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-year standard warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the icare Supporta Bariatric Seat Cushion?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis cushion is purpose-built for users who need a wider, more stable and higher-capacity seating surface than a standard cushion provides. Its three-layer construction and adjustable depth combine heavy-duty support with practical pressure redistribution and everyday comfort.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing and Positioning the Support\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eicare Supporta Bariatric Seat Cushion should support the intended body area without forcing the user into an uncomfortable posture. Consider the chair or bed dimensions, the person’s body size and the amount of firmness or contouring preferred. Small changes in placement can alter how the support feels, so it is worth taking time to position it while the user is settled in their normal sitting or lying position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck the fit again after a short period of use and inspect the skin where pressure or heat may build up. Covers and foam components should be cared for according to their labels so their shape and finish are maintained. Where the product is being considered for pressure care, persistent pain or significant postural needs, seek advice from an appropriate health professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Supporta Bariatric Seat Cushion designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed specifically for bariatric seating and can also suit users who need a firmer, more supportive seat cushion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the safe working load?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe safe working load is 250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the cushion dimensions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cushion measures 50 x 45 x 10 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes the three-layer design useful?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe three layers combine pressure redistribution, stability and support for extended sitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the cushion depth adjustable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A removable insert allows the depth to be adjusted for a more personalised fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat type of core does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses a heavy-duty high-density core within its three-layer construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the cover breathable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Vant™ fabric uses a three-dimensional structure to promote airflow between the cushion and the user.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the cover be washed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The cover is zip-off and washable. Follow the supplied care instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used in a wheelchair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is suitable for appropriately sized bariatric wheelchairs and other stable seating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used in a lift chair or recliner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It can be used in lift chairs, recliners and home seating where the cushion dimensions fit safely.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the product code?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe product code is IC188.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Supporta Bariatric Seat Cushion includes a 2-year standard warranty, subject to the applicable warranty terms and conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eicare Supporta Bariatric Seat Cushion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIC188\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 x 45 x 10 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafe working load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree-layer design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty high-density foam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemovable insert for adjustable depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBreathable Vant™ fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover care\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZip-off washable cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRisk category\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow–Medium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eComfort category\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium Feel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBariatric wheelchairs, lift chairs, recliners and home seating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-year standard warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"iCare","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41904803938379,"sku":"ICARE-IC188","price":119.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/BariatricCushion_ClearCut.png?v=1763283832"},{"product_id":"saljol-indoor-walker","title":"Saljol Indoor Walker","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSaljol Indoor Walker WR53\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSaljol Indoor Walker WR53\u003c\/strong\u003e is a narrow indoor rollator designed to provide stable walking support around the home. Its compact 56 cm maximum width, approximately 69 cm turning circle and fixed 86 cm handle height make it well suited to kitchens, hallways and other indoor spaces where manoeuvrability matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe WR53 supports users up to \u003cstrong\u003e150 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e and weighs approximately \u003cstrong\u003e9.8 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e without accessories. A continuous brake bar and hand-brake controls support slowing and secure parking, while the wooden seat\/tray, handrail pads and small bag add useful everyday functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e9.8 kg product weight\u003c\/strong\u003e without accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e86 cm handle height\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e53 cm seat height\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e56 cm maximum width\u003c\/strong\u003e for indoor manoeuvrability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e61 cm overall length\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApproximately 69 cm turning circle\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContinuous brake bar and hand brakes\u003c\/strong\u003e for controlled stopping and parking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWooden seat\/tray with felt pad\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComfortable handrail pad set\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmall carry bag\u003c\/strong\u003e rated to approximately 0.5 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact indoor-focused design\u003c\/strong\u003e that functions like a mobile handrail around the home.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChampagne Gold and Steel Grey variants\u003c\/strong\u003e available through MoveSmart.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Saljol Indoor Walker?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Saljol WR53 is purpose-built for indoor mobility rather than outdoor travel. Its narrow footprint, stable frame, accessible braking and integrated tray\/seat make it useful for moving between rooms, carrying small items and taking short seated rests without the bulk of a conventional outdoor rollator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/aUNcrnJGuh8?si=ro-akbvtiv9nGplY\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGetting the Walking Setup Right\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSaljol Indoor Walker will feel most natural when the handle position allows an upright posture with relaxed shoulders and a slight bend at the elbows. The user should be able to reach the brakes or handgrips without leaning forward. Wheel size and frame layout also matter: compact designs suit tighter indoor spaces, while larger wheels can feel more settled over uneven outdoor paths.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBefore relying on the aid away from home, practise turning, stopping, sitting and folding it in a clear area. If a seat is provided, park the brakes before sitting and use the back support as intended. Check that the folded dimensions and product weight are manageable for the person who will lift it into a vehicle or move it into storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich Saljol model is this?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis MoveSmart product corresponds to the Saljol WR53 indoor walker configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maximum user weight is 150 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does the walker weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe walker weighs approximately 9.8 kg without accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the handle height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe handle height is approximately 86 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the seat height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe seat height is approximately 53 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow wide is the walker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maximum width at the lower frame is approximately 56 cm, while the upper handle area is approximately 51 cm wide. Measure doorways and furniture gaps before purchase if space is tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long is the walker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall length is approximately 61 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much space does it need to turn?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe turning circle is approximately 69 cm, helping the walker manoeuvre in typical indoor spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it designed for outdoor use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe WR53 is designed primarily as an indoor mobility aid for use around the home. An outdoor rollator is generally more appropriate for rough paths, grass or uneven outdoor terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have a seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It includes a wooden seat\/tray with a felt pad, allowing the surface to be used for suitable light items and for seated rest when the walker is safely parked.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A small bag is included and is rated for a maximum load of approximately 0.5 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the brakes be operated with one hand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe brake-bar arrangement is designed to support convenient braking and parking, including one-handed operation where appropriate for the user.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe wheels are approximately 12.5 cm in diameter and 3 cm wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours are available through MoveSmart?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart currently carries Champagne Gold and Steel Grey variants, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Saljol Indoor Walker available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Saljol Indoor Walker is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWR53\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.8 kg without accessories\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e86 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e53 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUpper width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 51 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInside width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 43 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTurning circle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 69 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheel size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 12.5 × 3 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSmall bag load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 0.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded features\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWooden seat\/tray with felt pad, handrail pads, small bag, brake bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMoveSmart colours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChampagne Gold, Steel Grey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Saljol","offers":[{"title":"Champagne Gold","offer_id":41908854259787,"sku":"SAJOL-INDOOR-1","price":1150.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Steel Grey","offer_id":41908854292555,"sku":"SAJOL-INDOOR-2","price":1150.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/SaljolIndoorRollatorWalker_2_-2.webp?v=1763370806"},{"product_id":"pride-mobility-pathrider-140-xl","title":"Pride Mobility Pathrider 140 XL","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHeavy-Duty Outdoor Scooter with Full Suspension and Hydraulic Brakes\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ePride Pathrider® 140 XL\u003c\/strong\u003e is a large, high-performance four-wheel mobility scooter designed for demanding outdoor travel. A robust 24V DC motor, full front and rear suspension, sealed hydraulic braking system and \u003cstrong\u003e33 cm (13\") pneumatic tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e provide the stability, traction and braking performance needed for longer journeys and more challenging suitable terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Pathrider 140 XL supports users up to \u003cstrong\u003e181 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, reaches speeds of up to \u003cstrong\u003e10 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e and provides a range of up to \u003cstrong\u003e35 km per charge\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its \u003cstrong\u003e13.3 cm ground clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e and substantial chassis suit outdoor environments where smaller scooters may be less comfortable or capable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA deluxe pillow-top high-back seat, adjustable wraparound tiller and bright LED lighting support comfort and control over longer rides. The scooter uses two \u003cstrong\u003e70Ah batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e and an off-board 8A charger for dependable daily range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePride Pathrider 140 XL – Key Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e181 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 35 km range\u003c\/strong\u003e per charge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum speed of 10 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull front and rear suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e for outdoor ride comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSealed hydraulic braking system\u003c\/strong\u003e for confident stopping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e33 cm (13\") pneumatic tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e for traction and cushioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e13.3 cm ground clearance\u003c\/strong\u003e at the mid-frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e24V DC motor\u003c\/strong\u003e for strong outdoor performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeluxe pillow-top high-back seat\u003c\/strong\u003e for extended comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable wraparound tiller\u003c\/strong\u003e for ergonomic control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBright LED lighting\u003c\/strong\u003e for improved visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccessible tie-down points\u003c\/strong\u003e for transport of the unoccupied scooter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo 70Ah batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e with off-board 8A charger.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Pride Pathrider 140 XL?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Pathrider 140 XL is built for users who regularly travel outdoors and want greater ground clearance, suspension travel, braking capability and battery range than a mid-size scooter offers. Its heavy-duty chassis, hydraulic brakes and 33 cm (13\") pneumatic tyres make it a strong choice for longer journeys on varied suitable surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/US_FC_SP_Full_Size_Scooter_Series_OM_Rev-G_Jul23_4530.pdf?v=1765702974\" title=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/US_FC_SP_Full_Size_Scooter_Series_OM_Rev-G_Jul23_4530.pdf?v=1765702974\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ePride Pathrider 140XL Mobility Scooter Owners Manual\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/gX6Smbk9Cho?si=dCeeHZAluVrnSXKr\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Pathrider 140 XL supports users up to 181 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow far can it travel on one charge?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stated range is up to 35 km per charge. Actual range varies with user weight, terrain, tyre pressure, battery condition, temperature and driving conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maximum speed is up to 10 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the turning radius?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe turning radius is approximately 210 cm to the right and 208 cm to the left.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat suspension does the Pathrider 140 XL use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses full front and rear suspension for improved comfort and control on uneven outdoor surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat type of brakes does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe scooter uses a sealed hydraulic braking system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the tyres?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses 33 cm (13\") pneumatic tyres at both the front and rear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the ground clearance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGround clearance is approximately 13.3 cm at the mid-frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size is the standard seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe deluxe pillow-top high-back seat measures approximately 49.5 cm wide by 44.5 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the tiller adjustable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The wraparound tiller can be adjusted to help achieve a comfortable driving position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include lights?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Bright LED lighting is included for improved visibility during outdoor travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat batteries does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Pathrider 140 XL uses two 70Ah batteries with an off-board 8A charger.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow heavy is the scooter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe scooter weighs approximately 117.7 kg excluding batteries, and the main frame is the heaviest section at approximately 93 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat surfaces is it best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 140 XL is designed for outdoor travel on sealed paths and a range of uneven suitable surfaces. Pneumatic tyres, full suspension and high ground clearance make it better suited to demanding terrain than lighter travel scooters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this mobility scooter available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe can and do deliver to customers across New Zealand — however, mobility scooters and power chairs are more complex products and can be sizeable, so we generally recommend finding a local retailer who can provide hands-on service and ongoing support. It is also a good idea to test-drive or trial a mobility scooter before committing to a purchase. MoveSmart focuses its sales and servicing within the Central Plateau region, but we are always happy to chat. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/pages\/contact\"\u003eGet in touch\u003c\/a\u003e and we can offer advice, suggest a trusted dealer closer to you, or work with you to tailor a solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePride Pathrider® 140 XL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e181 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRange per charge\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 35 km\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210 cm right; 208 cm left\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e142.8 cm long x 69.2 cm wide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e49.5 cm wide x 44.5 cm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat-to-deck height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat-to-ground height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e66.7–70.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGround clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.3 cm at mid-frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e117.7 kg excluding batteries\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeaviest piece\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e93 kg main frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuspension\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront and rear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheel configuration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFront tyres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 cm (13\") pneumatic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRear tyres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 cm (13\") pneumatic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBatteries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 70Ah\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23.5 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery charger\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOff-board 8A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBraking\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSealed hydraulic brakes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCandy Apple Red, Yellow and Silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years structural frame and drivetrain; 1 year electronics; 6 months batteries\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Pride Mobility","offers":[{"title":"Yellow","offer_id":41965141622859,"sku":null,"price":7695.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":41965141655627,"sku":null,"price":7695.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver","offer_id":41965141688395,"sku":null,"price":7695.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/140XL-Silver-Beauty-1080X1080px.png?v=1765705454"},{"product_id":"pride-mobility-victory-10-lx-with-cts-suspension","title":"Pride Mobility Victory 10 LX with CTS Suspension","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMid-Size Mobility Scooter with Front and Rear Comfort-Trac Suspension\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ePride Victory® 10 LX with CTS Suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e is a four-wheel mid-size mobility scooter designed for riders who want a smoother ride without moving to a much larger outdoor model. Front and rear \u003cstrong\u003eComfort-Trac Suspension (CTS)\u003c\/strong\u003e helps absorb vibration and bumps, while the compact \u003cstrong\u003e56.5 cm overall width\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps the scooter practical for everyday community access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Victory 10 LX supports users up to \u003cstrong\u003e181 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, reaches speeds of up to \u003cstrong\u003e9 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e and provides a range of up to \u003cstrong\u003e26 km per charge\u003c\/strong\u003e. Feather-touch disassembly separates the scooter into five pieces for transport and storage, with the heaviest piece weighing approximately \u003cstrong\u003e35.2 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn adjustable delta tiller with ergonomic wraparound handles supports one-handed operation, while front, rear and under-tiller LED lighting with directional indicators improves visibility. A tiller-mounted front basket, USB charging port, storage compartment and rear-view mirror add practical convenience for daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePride Victory 10 LX – Key Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront and rear Comfort-Trac Suspension (CTS)\u003c\/strong\u003e for a smoother ride.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 26 km range\u003c\/strong\u003e per charge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e181 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum speed of 9 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e152 cm turning radius\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e56.5 cm overall width\u003c\/strong\u003e for practical mid-size manoeuvrability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeather-touch disassembly\u003c\/strong\u003e into five pieces for transport and storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e35.2 kg heaviest piece\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable delta tiller\u003c\/strong\u003e with ergonomic wraparound handles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne-handed tiller operation\u003c\/strong\u003e for flexible control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront, rear and under-tiller LED lighting\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirectional indicators\u003c\/strong\u003e for added visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSB charger built into the tiller\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge tiller-mounted front basket\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage compartment and rear-view mirror\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo 40Ah batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e with off-board 5A charger.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA stylish, feature-rich scooter that combines suspension, comfort and practical transportability. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/1612473813281_US_FC_SP_-MID-SIZE-SCOOTER-Series_OM_RevG_May20_4468-1.pdf?v=1765703483\" title=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/1612473813281_US_FC_SP_-MID-SIZE-SCOOTER-Series_OM_RevG_May20_4468-1.pdf?v=1765703483\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/1612473813281_US_FC_SP_-MID-SIZE-SCOOTER-Series_OM_RevG_May20_4468-1.pdf?v=1765703483\" title=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/1612473813281_US_FC_SP_-MID-SIZE-SCOOTER-Series_OM_RevG_May20_4468-1.pdf?v=1765703483\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ePride Victory 10 LX with CTS Suspension Owners Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Pride Victory 10 LX?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Victory 10 LX is well suited to users who want the ride comfort of full front and rear suspension in a scooter that can still be separated for transport. Its 181 kg capacity, 26 km range, lighting package and ergonomic tiller make it a versatile choice for routine home and community mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is Comfort-Trac Suspension?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eComfort-Trac Suspension, or CTS, is fitted at both the front and rear to help reduce vibration and absorb bumps over suitable uneven surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Victory 10 LX supports users up to 181 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow far can it travel on one charge?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stated range is up to 26 km per charge. Actual range varies with user weight, terrain, battery condition, temperature and driving conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maximum speed is up to 9 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the turning radius?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe turning radius is approximately 152 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow wide is the scooter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall width is approximately 56.5 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the Victory 10 LX disassemble for transport?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Feather-touch disassembly separates the scooter into five pieces for transport and storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the heaviest piece?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe heaviest individual section weighs approximately 35.2 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the tiller be operated with one hand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The adjustable delta tiller uses ergonomic wraparound handles designed to support one-handed operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a USB charging port?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A USB charger is built into the tiller for compatible portable devices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat lighting does it include?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe scooter includes front, rear and under-tiller LED lighting plus directional indicators.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have storage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A large front basket and a storage compartment below the tiller are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a rear-view mirror?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A rear-view mirror is included for added awareness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat batteries does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Victory 10 LX uses two 40Ah batteries with an off-board 5A charger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the ground clearance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGround clearance is approximately 5.6 cm at the motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this mobility scooter available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe can and do deliver to customers across New Zealand — however, mobility scooters and power chairs are more complex products and can be sizeable, so we generally recommend finding a local retailer who can provide hands-on service and ongoing support. It is also a good idea to test-drive or trial a mobility scooter before committing to a purchase. MoveSmart focuses its sales and servicing within the Central Plateau region, but we are always happy to chat. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/pages\/contact\"\u003eGet in touch\u003c\/a\u003e and we can offer advice, suggest a trusted dealer closer to you, or work with you to tailor a solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePride Victory® 10 LX with CTS Suspension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e181 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRange per charge\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 26 km\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e152 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e119.4 cm long x 56.5 cm wide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat-to-deck height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46–49 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGround clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.6 cm at motor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e81.2 kg excluding batteries\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeaviest piece\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuspension\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront and rear CTS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheel configuration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisassembly\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBatteries\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 40Ah\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery charger\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOff-board 5A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 kg each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years structural frame and drivetrain; 1 year electronics; 6 months batteries\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Pride Mobility","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41965154828363,"sku":"PRIDE-VICTORY10LX","price":4795.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/3237f9dc-32b9-47b7-a67e-ab17ba410514_1600x1600_7f01750d-fc04-4c40-b3fc-fe34e830d8f5.webp?v=1765704389"},{"product_id":"merits-urban-mobility-scooter","title":"Merits Urban Mobility Scooter","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMerits Urban Mobility Scooter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eMerits Urban Mobility Scooter\u003c\/strong\u003e is the long-range all-rounder in MoveSmart's Merits range. It combines a \u003cstrong\u003e182 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e, 650W rated motor, twin 100Ah batteries and up to \u003cstrong\u003e56 km stated range\u003c\/strong\u003e with a swivel-and-slide captain's chair and front\/rear suspension.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor users who make regular community trips and want more range, capacity and wheel size than the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/merits-roadster-mobility-scooter\"\u003eRoadster\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/merits-indigo-mobility-scooter\"\u003eIndigo\u003c\/a\u003e without moving to the specialist high-capacity \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/merits-cross-country-mobility-scooter\"\u003eCross Country\u003c\/a\u003e, the Urban occupies a useful middle ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere the Urban Fits in the Merits Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/merits-yoga-portable-travel-scooter\"\u003eYoga\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e is the folding travel model. The \u003cstrong\u003eRoadster\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eIndigo\u003c\/strong\u003e are mid-size everyday scooters. The \u003cstrong\u003eUrban\u003c\/strong\u003e steps up to 182 kg capacity, 35.6 cm (14\") wheels, a 650W motor and up to 56 km range. The \u003cstrong\u003eCross Country\u003c\/strong\u003e is the larger 227 kg outdoor\/twin-seat model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the Urban when longer range and a substantial captain-seat scooter are priorities, but the Cross Country's extra carrying capacity and twin-seat capability are unnecessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e100Ah Batteries and 56 km Stated Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo \u003cstrong\u003e100Ah batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e support a stated maximum range of up to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e56 km\u003c\/strong\u003e under suitable conditions. Real-world range varies with user weight, terrain, gradients, tyre pressure, battery condition, temperature and driving style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e35.6 cm (14\") Wheels and Front\/Rear Suspension\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Urban uses \u003cstrong\u003e35.6 cm (14\") tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e with front and rear suspension for comfort over normal outdoor surface changes. Ground clearance is listed at \u003cstrong\u003eup to approximately 15 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe larger wheels and suspension improve outdoor versatility, but the Urban remains a large mobility scooter that needs adequate turning, storage and access space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCaptain's Chair and Everyday Convenience\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe high-back captain's chair swivels and slides to assist access and positioning. Adjustable armrests allow further fit adjustment, while an automatic headlight and USB charging port add practical day-to-day convenience.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e182 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e650W rated motor\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 x 100Ah batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to approximately 56 km stated range\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum speed up to 12.8 km\/h\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e35.6 cm (14\") wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGround clearance up to approx. 15 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront and rear suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwivel-and-slide captain's chair\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable armrests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic headlight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSB charging port\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/hFBH2NyqgR8?si=ALa4mZep3C2vm7x7\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Merits Urban best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits users who want a substantial long-range community scooter with a captain's chair, large batteries, 35.6 cm (14\") wheels and a 182 kg user capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Urban different from the Roadster and Indigo?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Urban is larger and more powerful, with a 650W motor, 182 kg capacity and up to 56 km stated range. The Roadster and Indigo are more compact mid-size models.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the Cross Country?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Cross Country has the higher 227 kg user rating and a twin-seat option. The Urban is the newer single-seat all-rounder with the longer 56 km stated range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e182 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum speed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to 12.8 km\/h.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow far can it travel on a charge?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to approximately 56 km under suitable conditions. Actual range varies with user weight, terrain, gradients, tyre condition, battery condition, temperature and driving style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat batteries does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo 100Ah batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat motor does it have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA 24V DC motor rated at 650W.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e35.6 cm (14\").\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have suspension?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Front and rear suspension.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the ground clearance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to approximately 15 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the turning radius?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 197.5 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the seat swivel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The captain's chair swivels and slides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have USB charging?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours are available through MoveSmart?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart currently lists Fairway Green, Titanium Moss and Electric Blue variants, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this mobility scooter available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe can and do deliver to customers across New Zealand — however, mobility scooters and power chairs are more complex products and can be sizeable, so we generally recommend finding a local retailer who can provide hands-on service and ongoing support. It is also a good idea to test-drive or trial a mobility scooter before committing to a purchase. MoveSmart focuses its sales and servicing within the Central Plateau region, but we are always happy to chat. \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/pages\/contact\"\u003eGet in touch\u003c\/a\u003e and we can offer advice, suggest a trusted dealer closer to you, or work with you to tailor a solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eS849A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e182 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.8 km\/h\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to approx. 56 km\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 197.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGround clearance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to approx. 15 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDC 24V, 650W rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 100Ah\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35.6 cm (14\") tyres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMoveSmart colours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFairway Green, Titanium Moss, Electric Blue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Merits","offers":[{"title":"Fairway Green","offer_id":41965203947595,"sku":"MERITS-S849A-1","price":7695.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Titanium Moss","offer_id":41965204013131,"sku":"MERITS-S849A-3","price":7695.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Electric Blue","offer_id":42480773791819,"sku":"MERITS-S849A-2","price":7695.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Merits-Urban-Scooter-1030x1030.jpg?v=1779422818"},{"product_id":"long-handle-kit-for-x-fold-rollators","title":"Long Handle Kit for X-FOLD Rollators","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern Long Handle Kit for X-FOLD Rollators\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Long Handle Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e extends the handle-height range of compatible X-FOLD rollators for users who need a taller setup. Longer handles can reduce the need to lean forward and provide a more natural hand position when the standard handles are too low.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit is designed for the \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern X-FOLD Rollator\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eX-FOLD PLUS Rollator only\u003c\/strong\u003e. On a standard X-FOLD Rollator, Goldfern publishes a floor-to-handle range of approximately \u003cstrong\u003e89–101 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtended handle height\u003c\/strong\u003e for taller rollator setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePublished range of approximately \u003cstrong\u003e89–101 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e on a standard X-FOLD.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight adjustable for a personalised fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to reduce unnecessary forward bending when standard handles are too low.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvides additional leverage from a taller hand position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick to install on a compatible rollator.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with X-FOLD and X-FOLD PLUS only\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot listed by Goldfern as compatible with the X-FOLD Mini.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit only; rollator sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompatible rollators: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/goldfern-x-fold-rollator\" title=\"Goldfern X-FOLD Rollator\"\u003eGoldfern X-FOLD Rollator\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/goldfern-x-fold-plus-rollator\" title=\"Goldfern X-FOLD PLUS Rollator\"\u003eGoldfern X-FOLD PLUS Rollator\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Goldfern Long Handle Kit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCorrect rollator handle height matters for comfortable control. This kit provides additional height for a compatible X-FOLD or X-FOLD PLUS without requiring the entire rollator to be replaced.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eExtending the Fit of a Compatible X-FOLD Rollator\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Long Handle Kit is intended to improve handle-height fit for compatible Goldfern X-FOLD rollators. Correct handle height helps the user walk upright with relaxed shoulders and a comfortable bend at the elbows, rather than stooping toward the frame. Confirm the exact rollator model and required height range before ordering the kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFit both handles evenly and make sure every adjustment button and locking point is fully engaged. After installation, check brake-cable routing and brake operation through the full height range. The user should practise walking, turning and stopping in a clear area before returning to normal use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich rollators does the Long Handle Kit fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGoldfern lists the kit as compatible with the X-FOLD Rollator and X-FOLD PLUS Rollator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fit the X-FOLD Mini?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The current manufacturer compatibility list includes the X-FOLD and X-FOLD PLUS only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat handle height does the kit provide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn a standard X-FOLD Rollator, Goldfern publishes a floor-to-handle range of approximately 89–101 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the 89–101 cm range measured on every X-FOLD model?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Goldfern specifies that figure as measured from the floor to the handle on a standard X-FOLD Rollator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the kit intended for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is intended for users who require a higher handle position than the standard compatible rollator handles provide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the handles height adjustable after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The kit remains height adjustable so the final position can be set for the user.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the kit include a rollator?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This listing is for the Long Handle Kit only; the compatible rollator is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it replace the complete walker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It upgrades the handle setup on an existing compatible X-FOLD or X-FOLD PLUS.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs installation complicated?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGoldfern describes the kit as quick and easy to install. All fittings should still be checked before the rollator is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should the correct handle height be chosen?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe handles should allow comfortable upright control without requiring the user to reach or hunch excessively. If fitting is uncertain, a mobility professional can help with setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould the brakes be checked after changing handles?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Confirm the controls and brakes operate correctly after installation and before regular use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the kit help if the standard handles feel too low?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat is its intended purpose: it provides a higher adjustment range for compatible rollators.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible rollators\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGoldfern X-FOLD Rollator; X-FOLD PLUS Rollator\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eX-FOLD Mini compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot listed as compatible\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePublished handle height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89–101 cm on a standard X-FOLD Rollator\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRollator included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42052367548491,"sku":"GF-XFHANDLEKIT","price":99.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Long-Handle-Kit-2.jpg?v=1768862391"},{"product_id":"goldfern-zero-gravity-electric-lift-recliner-chair","title":"Goldfern Zero Gravity Electric Lift Recliner Chair","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern Zero Gravity Electric Lift Recliner Chair\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Zero Gravity Electric Lift Recliner Chair\u003c\/strong\u003e is the most position-flexible chair in Goldfern's current lift-chair range. It adds a \u003cstrong\u003ethird motor for independent tilt-in-space\u003c\/strong\u003e to the separate backrest and leg-rest motors found on the standard dual-motor chair, while retaining powered sit-to-stand assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe chair supports users up to \u003cstrong\u003e150 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e and uses the same approximately \u003cstrong\u003e44 cm seat width\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e53 cm seat depth\u003c\/strong\u003e as Goldfern's \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/electric-lift-recliner-chair\"\u003estandard dual-motor lift recliner\u003c\/a\u003e. The main reason to choose the Zero Gravity model is the additional whole-chair tilt function rather than extra seat width or higher capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere the Zero Gravity Chair Fits in the Goldfern Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGoldfern's standard Dual Motor Lift Recliner independently controls the backrest and leg rest. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/heavy-duty-dual-motor-lift-chair\" title=\"Goldfern Heavy Duty Dual Motor Lift Recliner Chair\"\u003eHeavy Duty\u003c\/a\u003e model keeps that dual-motor arrangement but increases seat width and user capacity. The Zero Gravity chair instead adds a third motor so the seated position can tilt as a unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this model when additional positioning flexibility matters. Choose the Heavy Duty model when the priority is a wider 54.5 cm seat or 220 kg capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIndependent Back, Leg and Tilt Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe three motors allow the \u003cstrong\u003ebackrest, leg rest and chair tilt\u003c\/strong\u003e to be adjusted separately. This makes it possible to fine-tune the relationship between upper-body recline, leg elevation and whole-seat angle rather than having those movements tied together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Tilt-in-Space Means\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTilt-in-space changes the angle of the seated position as a unit while largely maintaining the relationship between the seat and backrest. It creates another way to alter posture and weight distribution beyond ordinary recline.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe term “zero gravity” describes a supported reclined positioning style; it should not be taken as a promise of a medical outcome. If a particular position has been recommended for a clinical reason, follow the advice of the relevant health professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePowered Lift Assistance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lift function raises and tilts the chair forward to assist the transition from sitting toward standing. The user still needs enough balance and an appropriate transfer plan to stand safely once supported.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBattery Backup and Home Practicality\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn external battery backup provides limited backup operation during a power outage when correctly maintained. The backrest is removable for easier delivery and installation, magazine pockets are fitted on both sides, and the extra-long hand-control cable can be positioned for left- or right-side use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-motor system\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependent backrest adjustment\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependent leg-rest adjustment\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndependent tilt-in-space adjustment\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectric lift function\u003c\/strong\u003e for sit-to-stand assistance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e44 cm seat width\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e53 cm seat depth\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3M soil and stain inhibitor fabric protection\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel and wood frame construction\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal battery backup\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra-long hand-control cable\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagazine pockets on both sides\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable backrest\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Goldfern Lift Chair Range (Standard and HD) Owners Manual\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Lift_Chair_Installation_User_Manual_2.pdf?v=1756718430\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Electric Lift Chair Range Owners Manual\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Goldfern Zero Gravity Lift Chair best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt suits users who want more positioning flexibility than a standard dual-motor lift recliner and value independent whole-chair tilt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the standard \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/electric-lift-recliner-chair\" title=\"Goldfern Electric Dual Motor Lift Recliner Chair\"\u003eGoldfern Dual Motor Lift Chair\u003c\/a\u003e?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe standard chair independently controls the back and leg rest. The Zero Gravity chair adds a third motor for independent tilt-in-space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/heavy-duty-dual-motor-lift-chair\" title=\"Goldfern Heavy Duty Dual Motor Lift Recliner Chair\"\u003eGoldfern Heavy Duty Lift Chair\u003c\/a\u003e?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Heavy Duty chair is wider and supports up to 220 kg. The Zero Gravity model supports up to 150 kg and focuses instead on additional positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is tilt-in-space?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt changes the angle of the seated position as a unit while maintaining the relationship between the seat and backrest more closely than ordinary recline.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the backrest and leg rest be adjusted separately?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The backrest, leg rest and tilt function are independently powered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the chair have a lift function?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e150 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the seat width?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 44 cm between the armrests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the seat depth?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 53 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the seat height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 49 cm in the normal seated position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow wide is the chair overall?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 76.5 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat happens during a power outage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn external battery backup is included and should be maintained according to the chair instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the backrest come off?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActuator 12 months, remote 12 months and frame 24 months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be delivered across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. MoveSmart can arrange delivery of lift chairs to customers across New Zealand. Get in touch if you would like help confirming chair size or delivery arrangements before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotor system\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree motors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e53 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44 cm inside arms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight to seat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e49 cm standard; 75 cm elevated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBack height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e66.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e109 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61.5 × 72.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBattery backup\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eActuator 12 months; remote 12 months; frame 24 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42168781504587,"sku":"GF-ZEROGRVTYLIFT-1","price":2095.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Zero_Gravity_Lift_Chair.png?v=1780697449"},{"product_id":"icare-ic15-activex™-mattress","title":"icare IC15 ActiveX™ Mattress","description":"\u003ch2\u003eicare IC15 ActiveX™ Mattress – Firm Pressure Care for Mobility and Transfers\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eicare IC15 ActiveX™ Mattress\u003c\/strong\u003e is the firmest option in iCare’s main ActiveX™ homecare mattress range. It is designed for users who need pressure redistribution but do not want the deeper immersion of a soft mattress, particularly where \u003cstrong\u003eturning, repositioning, sitting at the bed edge and transfers\u003c\/strong\u003e are important parts of daily independence or care.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e15 cm-high\u003c\/strong\u003e mattress combines multi-layer support with temperature-responsive \u003cstrong\u003eActiveX™\u003c\/strong\u003e. As the material warms around the user it becomes more compliant, allowing local contouring while the firmer overall construction remains comparatively easy to move across. Built-in firm edge support provides a more stable perimeter for sitting and transfers and can also help reduce roll-out risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare classifies the IC15 as a \u003cstrong\u003eHigh Risk pressure-care mattress\u003c\/strong\u003e, with a \u003cstrong\u003eFirm Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e and a manufacturer user-weight range of \u003cstrong\u003e45–300 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e. The standard Bluetec™ cover, breathable Vant™ side and base fabric, anti-slip base and Contour-Latch™ system are designed around use on adjustable and profiling beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener\" title=\"icare IC15 ActiveX™ Mattress Specification and Information Sheet PDF\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/80-IC15-Product-Detail.pdf?v=1770025959\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eicare IC15 ActiveX™ Mattress Specification and Information Sheet PDF\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhich iCare ActiveX™ Mattress Should I Choose?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eIC15\u003c\/strong\u003e when a \u003cstrong\u003efirm, lower-immersion surface\u003c\/strong\u003e is preferred and easier bed mobility or transfers are a priority. The \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-ic20-activex%E2%84%A2-mattress\"\u003eIC20\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e is the middle-of-the-range Medium Feel option for users wanting more immersion without moving to a soft surface. The \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-ic25-soft-activex%E2%84%A2-mattress\"\u003eIC25\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e is the softest and most immersive choice. The \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-ic30-activex%E2%84%A2-mattress\"\u003eIC30\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e returns to a Medium Feel but adds gel- and charcoal-infused ActiveX™ plus reinforced XP Support™ edges for users who place extra emphasis on temperature management and edge stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eComfort preference alone should not determine a pressure-care mattress. Body weight, pressure-injury risk, ability to reposition, transfer technique, continence, time spent in bed and the bed platform all matter. For users with significant pressure-care needs, mattress choice should form part of an individual assessment rather than relying only on a generic risk label.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFirm Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e with lower immersion than the other main ActiveX™ mattresses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eActiveX™ pressure-relieving material\u003c\/strong\u003e that responds to warmth and pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Risk\u003c\/strong\u003e manufacturer pressure-care category.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e45–300 kg manufacturer user-weight range\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e15 cm mattress height\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFirm edge support\u003c\/strong\u003e for sitting, transfers and bed mobility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBluetec™ temperature-regulating cover\u003c\/strong\u003e and breathable Vant™ side\/base fabric.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-slip base\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eContour-Latch™\u003c\/strong\u003e for compatible profiling beds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlip-free design\u003c\/strong\u003e to reduce routine manual handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with \u003cstrong\u003eadjustable and profiling beds\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZerotec™ waterproof medical cover option\u003c\/strong\u003e available where appropriate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10-year limited warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Firmness Matters for Mobility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDeeper immersion can improve comfort and pressure distribution for some users, but it can also increase the effort required to roll, reposition or push up from the mattress. The IC15 deliberately favours a firmer surface and lower immersion. For someone who is still independently mobile in bed or transferring at the edge, that can be an important functional advantage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFirmness should still be comfortable for the individual user. A mattress that is technically appropriate but causes discomfort or limits sleep is unlikely to be a good long-term solution, so trialling is valuable where possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the IC15 feel like?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC15 is the firmest of iCare’s main ActiveX™ mattresses and provides relatively low immersion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the IC15 most likely to suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can suit users who need pressure care but place a high priority on a stable surface for turning, repositioning, sitting at the edge of the bed or transferring.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the IC15 differ from the IC20?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC15 is firmer and 15 cm high. The IC20 has a Medium Feel, greater immersion and a 20 cm height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the IC25?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC25 is the softest and most immersive ActiveX™ option, while the IC15 is the firmest and easiest to move across.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the IC30?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC30 has a Medium Feel and adds gel- and charcoal-infused ActiveX™ plus reinforced XP Support™ edges and cooling-focused cover technology.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the IC15 still provide pressure redistribution even though it is firm?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It uses ActiveX™ and a multi-layer construction designed to contour locally while retaining a firmer overall feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat pressure-care category does iCare give the IC15?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare classifies the IC15 for High Risk pressure-care applications and lists a Waterlow rating of 20+.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes that mean it is automatically right for every high-risk user?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Manufacturer risk categories are useful guidance but do not replace an individual pressure-risk and clinical assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat user-weight range is it designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare specifies a user-weight range of 45–300 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow thick is the mattress?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC15 is 15 cm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat do the firm edges do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey provide a more stable perimeter for sitting and transfers and can help reduce roll-out risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used on an adjustable bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is designed for adjustable and profiling beds, including iCare homecare beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is Contour-Latch™?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eContour-Latch™ helps secure the mattress to a compatible profiling platform as the bed changes position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the IC15 need to be flipped?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It uses a flip-free design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs a waterproof medical cover available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A Zerotec™ waterproof medical-cover option is available where greater fluid protection and wipe-clean hygiene are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat sizes does MoveSmart offer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLong Single, King Single, Long Double, Queen and Split Queen options are currently listed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC15 has a 10-year limited warranty, subject to iCare’s warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the icare IC15 ActiveX™ Mattress available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The icare IC15 ActiveX™ Mattress is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eicare IC15 ActiveX™ Mattress\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIC15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer pressure-care category\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh Risk\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eComfort category\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm Feel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUser-weight range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45–300 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMattress height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWaterlow rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCore technology\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eActiveX™ multi-layer pressure-relieving construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEdge support\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilt-in firm edge support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBluetec™ with breathable Vant™ sides\/base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnti-slip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBed compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable and profiling beds; Contour-Latch™\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaintenance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlip free; zip-off washable cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWaterproof cover option\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZerotec™ medical cover available\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong Single, King Single, Long Double, Queen, Split Queen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10-year limited warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"iCare","offers":[{"title":"Long Single (2030 x 900)","offer_id":42104930664523,"sku":"ICARE-IC15LS","price":989.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"King Single (2030 x 1070)","offer_id":42104930697291,"sku":"ICARE-IC15KS","price":1189.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Long Double (2030 x 1350)","offer_id":42104930730059,"sku":"ICARE-IC15LD","price":1289.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Queen (2030 x 1520)","offer_id":42104930762827,"sku":"ICARE-IC15Q","price":1299.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Split Queen (2030 x 750 per side)","offer_id":42104930795595,"sku":"ICARE-IC15SQ","price":1919.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/708_IC15_jpg_5ca38ed2-5588-4da6-a47f-514e3e13f78f.jpg?v=1770059847"},{"product_id":"icare-ic20-activex™-mattress","title":"icare IC20 ActiveX™ Mattress","description":"\u003ch2\u003eicare IC20 ActiveX™ Mattress – Balanced Medium-Feel Pressure Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eicare IC20 ActiveX™ Mattress\u003c\/strong\u003e is iCare’s middle-of-the-range ActiveX™ mattress and is designed for users who want a balance between pressure redistribution, comfort and ease of movement. Its \u003cstrong\u003eMedium Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e provides more immersion than the firm \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-ic15-activex%E2%84%A2-mattress\"\u003eIC15\u003c\/a\u003e without the deeper, softer feel of the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-ic25-soft-activex%E2%84%A2-mattress\"\u003eIC25\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e20 cm-high\u003c\/strong\u003e mattress uses temperature-responsive \u003cstrong\u003eActiveX™\u003c\/strong\u003e material that becomes more compliant as it warms, allowing the sleeping surface to contour around the user. Firm edge support creates a more stable perimeter for sitting and transfers, while Bluetec™ and Vant™ fabrics help with airflow and temperature management.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare classifies the IC20 as a \u003cstrong\u003eHigh Risk pressure-care mattress\u003c\/strong\u003e with a manufacturer user-weight range of \u003cstrong\u003e30–200 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its flip-free design, anti-slip base and Contour-Latch™ system make it well suited to adjustable and profiling beds where the mattress needs to move with the platform without shifting excessively.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener\" title=\"icare IC20 ActiveX™ Mattress Specification and Information Sheet PDF\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/81-IC20-Product-Detail.pdf?v=1770025941\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eicare IC20 ActiveX™ Mattress Specification and Information Sheet PDF\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhich iCare ActiveX™ Mattress Should I Choose?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eIC20\u003c\/strong\u003e if you want the \u003cstrong\u003ebalanced Medium Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e in the ActiveX™ range. The \u003cstrong\u003eIC15\u003c\/strong\u003e is firmer and lower-immersion for users who prioritise mobility and transfers. The \u003cstrong\u003eIC25\u003c\/strong\u003e is softer and more enveloping for users who prefer deeper immersion. The \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-ic30-activex%E2%84%A2-mattress\"\u003eIC30\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e is also Medium Feel but adds gel- and charcoal-infused ActiveX™ and reinforced XP Support™ edges for additional cooling and edge-stability features.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe best mattress is not simply the softest or highest-rated option. Consider comfort, ability to roll and reposition, transfer technique, pressure-injury risk, continence needs, body weight, time spent in bed and the bed platform. For significant pressure-care needs, individual assessment is important.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e balancing comfort, immersion and in-bed mobility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eActiveX™ pressure-relieving material\u003c\/strong\u003e responsive to body warmth and pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer \u003cstrong\u003eHigh Risk pressure-care category\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30–200 kg user-weight range\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20 cm mattress height\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFirm edge support\u003c\/strong\u003e for sitting and transfers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBluetec™ cover\u003c\/strong\u003e with breathable Vant™ side\/base fabric.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-slip base\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eContour-Latch™\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlip-free design\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003eadjustable and profiling beds\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZerotec™ waterproof medical-cover option\u003c\/strong\u003e available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10-year limited warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy the IC20 Is the Middle-Ground Option\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA firm mattress can support mobility but may feel too hard for some users, while a very soft mattress can increase immersion and make movement more difficult. The IC20 is designed to sit between those two ends of the range. That makes it a useful starting point for users who need pressure care but do not have a strong preference for either a very firm or very soft surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhere possible, trial the mattress with the user’s actual transfer method and usual sleeping positions. Edge stability and ease of movement can matter as much as comfort once the mattress is used every day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the IC20 feel like?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC20 has a Medium Feel with moderate immersion and support.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the IC20 most likely to suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can suit users who want a balanced pressure-care surface without the firmness of the IC15 or the deeper softness of the IC25.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the IC20 differ from the IC15?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC20 is softer, more immersive and 20 cm high. The IC15 is firmer, lower-immersion and 15 cm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the IC25?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC25 is the softest and deepest-immersion ActiveX™ mattress. The IC20 is more supportive and easier to move across for many users.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the IC30?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth have a Medium Feel, but the IC30 adds gel- and charcoal-infused ActiveX™ plus reinforced XP Support™ edges and additional cooling-focused technology.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat pressure-care category does iCare give the IC20?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare classifies the IC20 for High Risk pressure-care applications and lists a Waterlow rating of 20+.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes High Risk mean it will suit every high-risk user?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Manufacturer categories guide selection but do not replace individual pressure-risk assessment, skin monitoring and clinical judgement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat user-weight range is it designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare specifies 30–200 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow thick is the mattress?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC20 is 20 cm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat do the firm edges do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey provide a more stable perimeter for sitting, transfers and bed mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does ActiveX™ work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eActiveX™ becomes more compliant as it warms, allowing the mattress to contour around the user and redistribute loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used on an adjustable bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is designed for adjustable and profiling bed platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is Contour-Latch™?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eContour-Latch™ helps secure the mattress to compatible profiling beds while the platform changes position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it need to be flipped?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It uses a flip-free design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs a waterproof cover available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A Zerotec™ waterproof medical-cover option is available where wipe-clean fluid protection is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat sizes does MoveSmart offer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSingle, Long Single, King Single, Short Double, Long Double, Queen and Split Queen are currently listed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC20 includes a 10-year limited warranty, subject to iCare’s warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the icare IC20 ActiveX™ Mattress available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The icare IC20 ActiveX™ Mattress is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eicare IC20 ActiveX™ Mattress\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIC20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer pressure-care category\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh Risk\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eComfort category\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium Feel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUser-weight range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–200 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMattress height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWaterlow rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCore technology\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eActiveX™ multi-layer pressure-relieving construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEdge support\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm edge support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBluetec™ with breathable Vant™ sides\/base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnti-slip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBed compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable and profiling beds; Contour-Latch™\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaintenance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlip free; removable washable cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWaterproof cover option\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZerotec™ medical cover available\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle, Long Single, King Single, Short Double, Long Double, Queen, Split Queen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10-year limited warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"iCare","offers":[{"title":"Single (1900 x 900)","offer_id":42104953176139,"sku":"ICARE-IC2S","price":1079.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Long Single (2030 x 900)","offer_id":42104953208907,"sku":"ICARE-IC2LS","price":1150.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"King Single (2030 x 1070)","offer_id":42104953241675,"sku":"ICARE-IC2KS","price":1269.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Short Double (1900 x 1350)","offer_id":42104953274443,"sku":"ICARE-IC2D","price":1735.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Long Double (2030 x 1350)","offer_id":42104953307211,"sku":"ICARE-IC20LD","price":1959.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Queen (2030 x 1520)","offer_id":42104953339979,"sku":"ICARE-IC2Q","price":1969.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Split Queen (2030 x 750 per side)","offer_id":42104953372747,"sku":"ICARE-IC2SQ","price":2065.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/709_IC20_jpg.jpg?v=1770059809"},{"product_id":"icare-ic25-soft-activex™-mattress","title":"icare IC25 ActiveX™ Mattress","description":"\u003ch2\u003eicare IC25 ActiveX™ Mattress – Soft, Deep-Immersion Pressure Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eicare IC25 ActiveX™ Mattress\u003c\/strong\u003e is the softest and most immersive option in iCare’s main ActiveX™ homecare mattress range. It is designed for users who prefer a more enveloping sleep surface or benefit from greater immersion around prominent pressure areas, while still retaining firm edge support for transfers and sitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e22.5 cm high\u003c\/strong\u003e, the IC25 is deeper than the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-ic15-activex%E2%84%A2-mattress\"\u003eIC15\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-ic20-activex%E2%84%A2-mattress\"\u003eIC20\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-ic30-activex%E2%84%A2-mattress\"\u003eIC30\u003c\/a\u003e. Its multi-layer \u003cstrong\u003eActiveX™\u003c\/strong\u003e construction responds to warmth and pressure, allowing the surface to become more compliant around the body. Bluetec™ and Vant™ fabrics assist temperature regulation and airflow, while Contour-Latch™ helps keep the mattress secured to compatible profiling beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare classifies the IC25 as a \u003cstrong\u003eHigh Risk pressure-care mattress\u003c\/strong\u003e with a \u003cstrong\u003eSoft Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e and a manufacturer user-weight range of \u003cstrong\u003e30–200 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e. Because deeper immersion can make movement harder for some people, transfer ability and in-bed mobility should be considered alongside comfort and pressure redistribution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/66-IC25-Mattress-Spec-Sheet.pdf?v=1770025923\" title=\"icare IC25 ActiveX™ Mattress Specification and Information Sheet PDF\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eicare IC25 ActiveX™ Mattress Specification and Information Sheet PDF\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhich iCare ActiveX™ Mattress Should I Choose?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eIC25\u003c\/strong\u003e when a \u003cstrong\u003esoft, more immersive feel\u003c\/strong\u003e is the priority. The \u003cstrong\u003eIC15\u003c\/strong\u003e is the firmest, lowest-immersion option for users who value ease of movement and transfers. The \u003cstrong\u003eIC20\u003c\/strong\u003e provides a balanced Medium Feel. The \u003cstrong\u003eIC30\u003c\/strong\u003e is also Medium Feel but adds gel- and charcoal-infused ActiveX™ plus reinforced XP Support™ edges and additional cooling-focused features.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA softer mattress is not automatically a better pressure-care mattress for every user. Greater immersion can improve comfort and envelopment but may increase the effort required to roll, reposition or rise from the bed. The best choice balances pressure-care needs with mobility, transfer technique, body weight, comfort, continence and the bed platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e and deepest immersion in the main ActiveX™ range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e22.5 cm mattress height\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eActiveX™ multi-layer construction\u003c\/strong\u003e responsive to warmth and pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer \u003cstrong\u003eHigh Risk pressure-care category\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30–200 kg user-weight range\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFirm edge support\u003c\/strong\u003e for sitting and transfers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBluetec™ cover\u003c\/strong\u003e with breathable Vant™ side\/base fabric.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContour-Latch™\u003c\/strong\u003e for compatible profiling beds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlip-free design\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003eadjustable and profiling beds\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZerotec™ waterproof medical-cover option\u003c\/strong\u003e available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10-year limited warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWho Benefits From Deeper Immersion?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSome users find that a softer, more conforming mattress feels more comfortable around bony or sensitive areas and provides a greater sense of envelopment. That can make the IC25 appealing when firmer surfaces feel uncomfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trade-off is movement. A person with reduced strength may find it harder to roll or push up from a deeply immersive surface. Firm edge support helps at the mattress perimeter, but it is still worth trialling the mattress with the user’s normal bed mobility and transfer routine where possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the IC25 feel like?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC25 has a Soft Feel and provides the deepest immersion of iCare’s main ActiveX™ mattresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the IC25 most likely to suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can suit users who prefer a softer, more enveloping surface or find firmer mattresses uncomfortable, provided the deeper immersion does not create problems with mobility or transfers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the IC25 differ from the IC15?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC15 is much firmer and lower-immersion, with a 15 cm height. The IC25 is softer and 22.5 cm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the IC20?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC20 has a Medium Feel and less immersion. The IC25 is softer and more enveloping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the IC30?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC30 has a Medium Feel and includes gel- and charcoal-infused ActiveX™ plus reinforced XP Support™ edges and extra cooling-focused features.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan a soft mattress make repositioning harder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Greater immersion can increase the effort required to roll, move across the mattress or push up, so in-bed mobility should be considered when choosing the IC25.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat pressure-care category does iCare give the IC25?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare classifies it for High Risk pressure-care applications and lists a Waterlow rating of 20+.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes that guarantee it is appropriate for every high-risk user?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Pressure-care category is a selection guide and does not replace individual assessment, skin monitoring and clinical judgement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat user-weight range is it designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare specifies 30–200 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow thick is the mattress?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC25 is 22.5 cm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy does it still have firm edge support?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe firmer perimeter provides a more stable surface for sitting and transfers even though the central mattress surface is soft.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does ActiveX™ work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eActiveX™ becomes more compliant as it warms, allowing the mattress to contour around the user and redistribute loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used on an adjustable bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is designed for adjustable and profiling bed platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the IC25 need to be flipped?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It uses a flip-free design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs a waterproof cover available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A Zerotec™ waterproof medical-cover option is available where extra fluid protection is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat sizes does MoveSmart offer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSingle, Long Single, King Single, Short Double, Long Double, Queen and Split Queen are currently listed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC25 includes a 10-year limited warranty, subject to iCare’s warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the icare IC25 ActiveX™ Mattress available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The icare IC25 ActiveX™ Mattress is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eicare IC25 ActiveX™ Mattress\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIC25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer pressure-care category\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh Risk\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eComfort category\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft Feel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUser-weight range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–200 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMattress height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWaterlow rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCore technology\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eActiveX™ multi-layer immersion system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEdge support\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm edge support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBluetec™ with breathable Vant™ sides\/base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBed compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable and profiling beds; Contour-Latch™\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaintenance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlip free\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWaterproof cover option\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZerotec™ medical cover available\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle, Long Single, King Single, Short Double, Long Double, Queen, Split Queen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10-year limited warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"iCare","offers":[{"title":"Single (1900 x 900)","offer_id":42104961400907,"sku":"ICARE-ICXLS","price":1199.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Long Single (2030 x 900)","offer_id":42104961433675,"sku":"ICARE-ICXLLS","price":1349.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"King Single (2030 x 1070)","offer_id":42104961466443,"sku":"ICARE-ICXLKS","price":1469.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Short Double (1900 x 1350)","offer_id":42104961499211,"sku":"ICARE-ICXLD","price":1945.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Long Double (2030 x 1350)","offer_id":42104961531979,"sku":"ICARE-ICXLLD","price":2359.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Queen (2030 x 1520)","offer_id":42104961564747,"sku":"ICARE-ICXLQ","price":2365.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Split Queen (2030 x 750 per side)","offer_id":42104961597515,"sku":"ICARE-ICXLSQ","price":2450.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/713_IC25_jpg.jpg?v=1770059121"},{"product_id":"icare-ic30-activex™-mattress","title":"icare IC30 ActiveX™ Mattress","description":"\u003ch2\u003eicare IC30 ActiveX™ Mattress – Medium Feel with Cooling and Reinforced Edge Support\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eicare IC30 ActiveX™ Mattress\u003c\/strong\u003e is the cooling-focused Medium Feel option in iCare’s ActiveX™ homecare range. It combines \u003cstrong\u003egel- and charcoal-infused ActiveX™\u003c\/strong\u003e with reinforced \u003cstrong\u003eXP Support™ edges\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it particularly useful for users who need high-risk pressure care while also valuing temperature management, a stable transfer edge and easier movement around the mattress perimeter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e20 cm high\u003c\/strong\u003e, the IC30 offers a similar overall depth and Medium Feel to the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-ic20-activex%E2%84%A2-mattress\"\u003eIC20\u003c\/a\u003e but uses a more specialised surface construction. The gel infusion is designed to assist heat dispersion, while charcoal contributes to moisture and odour management. Bluetec™ anti-shear cover technology further supports temperature and moisture management around the sleeping surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare classifies the IC30 as a \u003cstrong\u003eHigh Risk pressure-care mattress\u003c\/strong\u003e with a manufacturer user-weight range of \u003cstrong\u003e30–200 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e. The anti-slip base and Contour-Latch™ system help secure the mattress to compatible profiling beds, while the flip-free design reduces routine handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener\" title=\"icare IC30 ActiveX™ Mattress Specification and Information Sheet PDF\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/104-IC30-Product-Detail.pdf?v=1770025910\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eicare IC30 ActiveX™ Mattress Specification and Information Sheet PDF\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhich iCare ActiveX™ Mattress Should I Choose?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eIC30\u003c\/strong\u003e when you want a \u003cstrong\u003eMedium Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e but place extra emphasis on \u003cstrong\u003ecooling, moisture management and reinforced edge stability\u003c\/strong\u003e. The \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-ic15-activex%E2%84%A2-mattress\"\u003eIC15\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e is firmer and lower-immersion for easier movement and transfers. The \u003cstrong\u003eIC20\u003c\/strong\u003e is the more straightforward balanced Medium Feel option. The \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-ic25-soft-activex%E2%84%A2-mattress\"\u003eIC25\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e is the softest and most immersive choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC30’s extra cooling and edge features do not make it automatically better for every user. Comfort, transfer method, in-bed mobility, body weight, pressure-injury risk, continence and time spent in bed all matter. For users with significant pressure-care needs, mattress selection should be based on an individual assessment rather than the risk category alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e with moderate immersion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGel-infused ActiveX™\u003c\/strong\u003e for responsive pressure redistribution and temperature management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCharcoal ActiveX™\u003c\/strong\u003e to assist moisture and odour management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eXP Support™ reinforced edges\u003c\/strong\u003e for stable sitting and transfers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer \u003cstrong\u003eHigh Risk pressure-care category\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30–200 kg user-weight range\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20 cm mattress height\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBluetec™ anti-shear cover\u003c\/strong\u003e for cooling and moisture management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-slip base\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eContour-Latch™\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlip-free design\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003eadjustable and profiling beds\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof medical-cover option\u003c\/strong\u003e available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10-year limited warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIC20 or IC30?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC20 and IC30 are both Medium Feel mattresses, so the choice is less about basic firmness and more about features. The IC20 is the simpler all-round option. The IC30 adds gel- and charcoal-infused ActiveX™ and XP Support™ reinforced edges, making it worth considering where temperature management, moisture management or a particularly stable mattress perimeter are priorities.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf the user is very sensitive to heat or relies heavily on the mattress edge during transfers, those differences may be meaningful. If not, the IC20 may already provide the right balance of support, immersion and pressure care.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the IC30 feel like?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC30 has a Medium Feel with moderate immersion and a reinforced perimeter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the IC30 most likely to suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can suit users who want Medium Feel pressure care with additional cooling, moisture-management and edge-support features.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the IC30 differ from the IC20?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth are Medium Feel and 20 cm high. The IC30 adds gel- and charcoal-infused ActiveX™, Bluetec™ anti-shear cooling technology and reinforced XP Support™ edges.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the IC15?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC15 is firmer, lower-immersion and 15 cm high, making it the stronger choice where bed mobility and a firm surface are priorities.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the IC25?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC25 is softer, deeper and more immersive. The IC30 has a Medium Feel with more emphasis on cooling and edge stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does gel-infused ActiveX™ do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt combines ActiveX™ pressure-responsive contouring with gel intended to assist heat dispersion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the charcoal component for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare describes charcoal-infused ActiveX™ as assisting with moisture and odour management as well as temperature control.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are XP Support™ edges?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are reinforced mattress edges designed to provide a stable perimeter for sitting, transfers and movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat pressure-care category does iCare give the IC30?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare classifies the IC30 for High Risk pressure-care applications and lists a Waterlow rating of 20+.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes High Risk mean it is automatically appropriate for every high-risk user?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The manufacturer category is useful guidance but does not replace individual pressure-risk assessment, skin monitoring and clinical judgement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat user-weight range is it designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare specifies 30–200 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow thick is the mattress?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC30 is 20 cm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used on an adjustable bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is designed for adjustable and profiling bed platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is Contour-Latch™?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eContour-Latch™ helps keep the mattress secured to a compatible profiling platform while the bed changes position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the IC30 need to be flipped?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It uses a flip-free design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs a waterproof medical cover available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A waterproof medical-cover option is available where additional fluid protection is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat sizes does MoveSmart offer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSingle, Long Single, King Single, Short Double, Long Double, Queen and Split Queen are currently listed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IC30 includes a 10-year limited warranty, subject to iCare’s warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the icare IC30 ActiveX™ Mattress available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The icare IC30 ActiveX™ Mattress is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eicare IC30 ActiveX™ Mattress\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIC30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer pressure-care category\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh Risk\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eComfort category\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium Feel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUser-weight range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–200 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMattress height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWaterlow rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCore technology\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGel- and charcoal-infused ActiveX™ multi-layer construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEdge support\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXP Support™ reinforced edges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBluetec™ anti-shear cooling cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnti-slip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBed compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable and profiling beds; Contour-Latch™\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaintenance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlip free; washable cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWaterproof cover option\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle, Long Single, King Single, Short Double, Long Double, Queen, Split Queen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10-year limited warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"iCare","offers":[{"title":"Single (1900 x 900)","offer_id":42104973131851,"sku":"ICARE-IC30S","price":1229.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Long Single (2030 x 900)","offer_id":42104973164619,"sku":"ICARE-IC30LS","price":1369.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"King Single (2030 x 1070)","offer_id":42104973197387,"sku":"ICARE-IC30KS","price":1490.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Short Double (1900 x 1350)","offer_id":42104973230155,"sku":"ICARE-IC30D","price":1990.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Long Double (2030 x 1350)","offer_id":42104973262923,"sku":"ICARE-IC30LD","price":2369.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Queen (2030 x 1520)","offer_id":42104973295691,"sku":"ICARE-IC30Q","price":2389.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Split Queen (2030 x 750 per side)","offer_id":42104973328459,"sku":"ICARE-IC30SQ","price":2469.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/279_IC30.jpg?v=1770059052"},{"product_id":"icare-m1-medical-mattress","title":"icare M1 Medical Mattress","description":"\u003ch2\u003eicare M1 Medical Mattress – Firm Medical Support for Stability and Transfers\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eicare M1 Medical Mattress\u003c\/strong\u003e is the firmest option in iCare’s M-Line medical mattress range. It is designed for users who need a durable waterproof medical surface, stable support and pressure care without the deeper immersion of the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-m2-medical-mattress\"\u003eM2\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-m3-medical-mattress\"\u003eM3\u003c\/a\u003e. Its particularly broad \u003cstrong\u003e60–300 kg user-weight range\u003c\/strong\u003e also makes it relevant for higher-weight and bariatric users where the mattress dimensions and full care setup are appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e15 cm-high\u003c\/strong\u003e M1 uses a firm XP Support base and reinforced sides to create a stable platform for turning, repositioning and transfers. Firm edge support provides a predictable perimeter for sitting at the side of the bed, while the waterproof \u003cstrong\u003eZerotec™ medical cover\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eSlideSkin™ anti-shear technology\u003c\/strong\u003e support hygiene and help reduce friction and shear during movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare classifies the M1 as a \u003cstrong\u003eMedium Risk pressure-care mattress\u003c\/strong\u003e with a \u003cstrong\u003eFirm Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is designed for profiling and adjustable beds and is a strong choice where stability, transfer support, wipe-clean hygiene and a high user-weight capacity are more important than deep immersion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/88-M1-Product-Detail.pdf?v=1770109058\" title=\"icare M1 Medical Mattress Product Specs Sheet\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eicare M1 Medical Mattress Product Specs Sheet PDF\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhich iCare M-Line Mattress Should I Choose?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eM1\u003c\/strong\u003e when you need a \u003cstrong\u003efirm, stable medical mattress\u003c\/strong\u003e, Medium Risk pressure care and a high user-weight capacity. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003eM2\u003c\/strong\u003e when High Risk pressure care is required but a Medium Feel and castellated surface are preferred for a balance of immersion and mobility. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003eM3\u003c\/strong\u003e when a softer Plush Feel, greater immersion and ActiveFloat™ pressure redistribution are the priority.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe M-Line range is designed around medical-care practicality, with Zerotec™ waterproof covers and anti-shear technology. For users with very high pressure-care needs who require active pressure changes rather than a static foam surface, the \u003cstrong\u003eVersaFlo3™ alternating-air system\u003c\/strong\u003e is a separate step up and should be considered with appropriate clinical input.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFirm Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e with low immersion and stable support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer \u003cstrong\u003eMedium Risk pressure-care category\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60–300 kg user-weight range\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e15 cm mattress height\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eXP Support base and reinforced sides\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFirm edge support\u003c\/strong\u003e for sitting and transfers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZerotec™ waterproof, breathable medical cover\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlideSkin™ anti-shear technology\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003eadjustable and profiling beds\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5-year limited warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose a Firm Medical Mattress?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA firmer, lower-immersion surface can make it easier for some users to roll, reposition and push up from the bed. It can also provide a more predictable edge for lateral transfers or standing transfers. This is one of the M1’s main strengths.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trade-off is comfort and envelopment: users who find firm surfaces uncomfortable or who need greater immersion may be better matched to the M2 or M3. Mattress selection should take pressure risk, skin condition, mobility, comfort, continence, transfer method and time spent in bed into account.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the M1 feel like?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe M1 has a Firm Feel and relatively low immersion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the M1 most likely to suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can suit users who need a stable waterproof medical mattress, value easier bed mobility and transfers, or require the broader 60–300 kg user-weight range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the M1 differ from the M2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe M1 is Firm Feel and Medium Risk. The M2 is Medium Feel, uses a castellated surface and is classified for High Risk pressure care.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the M3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe M3 is a deeper 20 cm Plush Feel mattress using ActiveFloat™ for greater immersion and envelopment. The M1 is firmer, 15 cm high and more mobility-focused.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen would VersaFlo3™ be considered instead?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eVersaFlo3™ is a powered hybrid alternating-air system for Very High Risk pressure-care needs. It is a different category of support and should be selected according to the user’s clinical requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat pressure-care category does iCare give the M1?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare classifies the M1 as Medium Risk and lists a Waterlow rating up to 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes that risk category replace a clinical assessment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Manufacturer classifications guide selection but do not replace individual pressure-risk assessment and skin monitoring.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat user-weight range is it designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare specifies 60–300 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the M1 suitable for bariatric users?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIts 300 kg maximum user-weight specification makes it relevant to many higher-weight users, but the complete bed, transfer method, mattress width and care environment also need to be suitable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow thick is the mattress?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe M1 is 15 cm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is XP Support?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eXP Support is the firm structural material used in the base and sides to provide stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is SlideSkin™?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSlideSkin™ is an anti-shear system that allows movement within the cover structure to help reduce friction and shear at the user interface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the cover waterproof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Zerotec™ medical cover is waterproof, breathable and designed for wipe-clean care.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used on an adjustable bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is designed for iCare homecare beds and compatible profiling platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat sizes does MoveSmart offer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSingle, King Single, Long Double, Queen and Split Queen are currently listed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe M1 includes a 5-year limited warranty, subject to iCare’s warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the icare M1 Medical Mattress available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The icare M1 Medical Mattress is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eicare M1 Medical Mattress\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eICM1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer pressure-care category\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium Risk\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eComfort category\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm Feel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUser-weight range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60–300 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMattress height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWaterlow rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXP Support base and reinforced sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEdge support\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm edge support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZerotec™ waterproof breathable medical cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAnti-shear\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlideSkin™ technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBed compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiCare homecare beds and compatible profiling platforms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle, King Single, Long Double, Queen, Split Queen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-year limited warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"iCare","offers":[{"title":"Single (1900 x 900)","offer_id":42107173896267,"sku":"ICARE-ICM1LS","price":1935.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"King Single (2030 x 1070)","offer_id":42107173929035,"sku":"ICARE-ICM1KS","price":1999.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Long Double (2030 x 1350)","offer_id":42107173961803,"sku":"ICARE-ICM1LD","price":2569.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Queen (2030 x 1520)","offer_id":42107173994571,"sku":"ICARE-ICM1Q","price":2819.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Split Queen (2030 x 750 per side)","offer_id":42107174027339,"sku":"ICARE-ICM1SQ","price":2919.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/283_M1_23217c7e-b0a3-4beb-9857-08ad7e99c2b0.jpg?v=1770112007"},{"product_id":"icare-m2-medical-mattress","title":"icare M2 Medical Mattress","description":"\u003ch2\u003eicare M2 Medical Mattress – Medium-Feel High-Risk Pressure Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eicare M2 Medical Mattress\u003c\/strong\u003e is the middle option in iCare’s M-Line range, combining \u003cstrong\u003eHigh Risk pressure care\u003c\/strong\u003e with a \u003cstrong\u003eMedium Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e and a castellated support surface designed to assist turning, repositioning and transfers. It provides more contouring than the firm \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-m1-medical-mattress\"\u003eM1\u003c\/a\u003e without moving to the deeper Plush Feel of the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-m3-medical-mattress\"\u003eM3\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e15 cm high\u003c\/strong\u003e, the M2 uses an \u003cstrong\u003eXP Support base and reinforced sides\u003c\/strong\u003e for stability, while the castellated upper surface allows sections of foam to respond more independently around the user. Firm edge support provides a predictable perimeter for sitting and transfers and helps reduce roll-out risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe mattress is finished with a waterproof, wipeable \u003cstrong\u003eZerotec™ medical cover\u003c\/strong\u003e using \u003cstrong\u003eSlideSkin™ anti-shear technology\u003c\/strong\u003e. iCare specifies a \u003cstrong\u003e40–215 kg user-weight range\u003c\/strong\u003e and designs the M2 for use on adjustable and profiling beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener\" title=\"icare M2 Medical Mattress Product Specs Sheet\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/89-M2-Product-Detail.pdf?v=1770109058\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eicare M2 Medical Mattress Product Specs Sheet PDF\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhich iCare M-Line Mattress Should I Choose?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eM2\u003c\/strong\u003e when you need \u003cstrong\u003eHigh Risk pressure care with a Medium Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e and want to preserve practical in-bed movement. The \u003cstrong\u003eM1\u003c\/strong\u003e is firmer, lower-immersion and rated Medium Risk, with a broader user-weight range up to 300 kg. The \u003cstrong\u003eM3\u003c\/strong\u003e is a deeper 20 cm Plush Feel mattress with ActiveFloat™ for greater immersion and envelopment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf a static foam mattress is no longer appropriate for the user’s pressure-care needs, the \u003cstrong\u003eVersaFlo3™\u003c\/strong\u003e is a powered hybrid alternating-air system in a different category. It should be considered with appropriate clinical assessment rather than chosen simply because it has a higher risk classification.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e balancing immersion and mobility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer \u003cstrong\u003eHigh Risk pressure-care category\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40–215 kg user-weight range\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e15 cm mattress height\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCastellated support surface\u003c\/strong\u003e for contouring and movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eXP Support base and reinforced sides\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFirm edge support\u003c\/strong\u003e for sitting and transfers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZerotec™ waterproof wipeable medical cover\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlideSkin™ anti-shear technology\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlip-free design\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003eadjustable and profiling beds\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5-year limited warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy the Castellated Surface Matters\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cuts in a castellated foam surface allow smaller sections of the mattress to flex and contour more independently. This can improve envelopment without requiring the entire mattress to be very soft. For the user, that means a balance between pressure redistribution and the ability to move across the bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat balance can be particularly important for people who still assist with their own repositioning or transfers. A mattress that is too immersive may increase effort, while one that is too firm may not provide the comfort or pressure distribution the user needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the M2 feel like?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe M2 has a Medium Feel with moderate immersion and a stable reinforced structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the M2 most likely to suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can suit users who need High Risk pressure care but also value in-bed mobility, transfer support and a waterproof medical cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the M2 differ from the M1?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe M1 is firmer, lower-immersion and Medium Risk. The M2 is Medium Feel, uses a castellated surface and is classified High Risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the M3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe M3 is 20 cm high with a Plush Feel and ActiveFloat™ comfort layer for greater immersion and envelopment. The M2 is 15 cm high and more mobility-focused.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen would VersaFlo3™ be considered instead?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eVersaFlo3™ is a powered alternating-air system intended for Very High Risk pressure-care needs. It is a different type of support surface and should be selected according to the individual user’s clinical needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the castellated surface do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt allows sections of the foam to flex more independently around the body, supporting contouring, pressure redistribution and movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat pressure-care category does iCare give the M2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare classifies the M2 for High Risk pressure care and lists a Waterlow rating of 20+.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes that classification replace a clinical assessment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Manufacturer classifications guide selection but do not replace individual pressure-risk assessment, skin monitoring and clinical judgement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat user-weight range is it designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare specifies 40–215 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow thick is the mattress?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe M2 is 15 cm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is XP Support?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eXP Support forms the stable base and reinforced sides of the mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do the firm edges help?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey create a more stable surface for sitting, transfers and repositioning at the mattress perimeter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is SlideSkin™?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSlideSkin™ is an anti-shear system designed to let the cover move more freely with the user and help reduce friction and shear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the cover waterproof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Zerotec™ medical cover is waterproof, wipeable and breathable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the M2 need to be flipped?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It uses a flip-free design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used on an adjustable bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is compatible with adjustable and profiling bed platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat sizes does MoveSmart offer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLong Single, King Single, Long Double, Queen and Split Queen are currently listed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe M2 includes a 5-year limited warranty, subject to iCare’s warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the icare M2 Medical Mattress available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The icare M2 Medical Mattress is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eicare M2 Medical Mattress\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eICM2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer pressure-care category\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh Risk\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eComfort category\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium Feel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUser-weight range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40–215 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMattress height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWaterlow rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCastellated support surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXP Support base and reinforced sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEdge support\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm edge support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZerotec™ waterproof wipeable medical cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAnti-shear\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlideSkin™ technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBed compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable and profiling beds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong Single, King Single, Long Double, Queen, Split Queen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-year limited warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"iCare","offers":[{"title":"Long Single (2030 x 900)","offer_id":42107187232843,"sku":"ICARE-ICM2LS","price":1519.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"King Single (2030 x 1070)","offer_id":42107187265611,"sku":"ICARE-ICM2KS","price":1565.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Long Double (2030 x 1350)","offer_id":42107187298379,"sku":"ICARE-ICM2LD","price":2089.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Queen (2030 x 1520)","offer_id":42107187331147,"sku":"ICARE-ICM2Q","price":2319.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Split Queen (2030 x 750 per side)","offer_id":42107187363915,"sku":"ICARE-ICM2SQ","price":2389.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/286_M2.jpg?v=1770111985"},{"product_id":"icare-m3-medical-mattress","title":"icare M3 Medical Mattress","description":"\u003ch2\u003eicare M3 Medical Mattress – Plush High-Risk Pressure Care with ActiveFloat™\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eicare M3 Medical Mattress\u003c\/strong\u003e is the softest, most immersive option in iCare’s M-Line medical range. It uses an edge-to-edge \u003cstrong\u003eActiveFloat™ comfort layer\u003c\/strong\u003e to increase envelopment around the body while retaining a firm XP Support base and reinforced sides for structural stability and transfers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt \u003cstrong\u003e20 cm high\u003c\/strong\u003e, the M3 provides greater depth and immersion than the 15 cm \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-m1-medical-mattress\"\u003eM1\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-m2-medical-mattress\"\u003eM2\u003c\/a\u003e. The ActiveFloat™ layer remains highly elastic under compression, allowing the surface to stay pliant as it contours around the user. A dedicated anti-shear layer and \u003cstrong\u003eSlideSkin™\u003c\/strong\u003e cover system are designed to reduce friction and shear during movement and repositioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare classifies the M3 as a \u003cstrong\u003eHigh Risk pressure-care mattress\u003c\/strong\u003e with a \u003cstrong\u003ePlush Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e and a manufacturer user-weight range of \u003cstrong\u003e30–215 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e. The waterproof \u003cstrong\u003eZerotec™ medical cover\u003c\/strong\u003e supports practical hygiene, while firm edge support provides a more stable perimeter for sitting and transfers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/90-M3-Product-Detail.pdf?v=1770109058\" title=\"icare M3 Medical Mattress Product Specs Sheet\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eicare M3 Medical Mattress Product Specs Sheet PDF\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhich iCare M-Line Mattress Should I Choose?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eM3\u003c\/strong\u003e when the priority is \u003cstrong\u003eHigh Risk pressure care with a softer, more immersive Plush Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003eM1\u003c\/strong\u003e when firm support, easier movement and a higher 300 kg user-weight capacity are more important. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003eM2\u003c\/strong\u003e when you want High Risk pressure care with a Medium Feel and a castellated surface that balances contouring with mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor users whose needs call for active pressure changes rather than a static foam surface, the \u003cstrong\u003eVersaFlo3™\u003c\/strong\u003e is a powered hybrid alternating-air system and belongs in a different class of pressure-care solution. That step should be guided by an appropriate clinical assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlush Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e with the greatest immersion in the M-Line range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eActiveFloat™ edge-to-edge comfort layer\u003c\/strong\u003e for immersion and envelopment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer \u003cstrong\u003eHigh Risk pressure-care category\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30–215 kg user-weight range\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20 cm mattress height\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eXP Support base and reinforced sides\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFirm edge support\u003c\/strong\u003e for sitting and transfers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlideSkin™ anti-shear technology\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZerotec™ waterproof wipeable medical cover\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlip-free design\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for \u003cstrong\u003eadjustable and profiling beds\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5-year limited warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWho Benefits From the M3’s Greater Immersion?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA more immersive surface can be useful for users who find firmer mattresses uncomfortable or who need greater envelopment around prominent areas. The ActiveFloat™ layer is designed to stay pliant under load rather than becoming rigid as it compresses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDeeper immersion can, however, increase the effort needed for rolling and repositioning. The reinforced perimeter helps at the mattress edge, but the M3 should still be assessed against the user’s actual movement and transfer abilities rather than selected on softness alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the M3 feel like?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe M3 has a Plush Feel and is the most immersive option in the M-Line range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the M3 most likely to suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can suit users who need High Risk pressure care and prefer greater immersion and envelopment than the M1 or M2 provide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the M3 differ from the M1?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe M1 is Firm Feel, 15 cm high and classified Medium Risk. The M3 is Plush Feel, 20 cm high and classified High Risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the M2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe M2 has a Medium Feel and castellated surface for a stronger balance between mobility and immersion. The M3 is softer and uses ActiveFloat™ for deeper envelopment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen would VersaFlo3™ be considered instead?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eVersaFlo3™ is a powered hybrid alternating-air system for Very High Risk pressure-care needs. It is a different type of support surface and should be selected according to individual clinical requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is ActiveFloat™?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eActiveFloat™ is iCare’s highly elastic pressure-relieving material used as the M3’s comfort layer. It is designed to remain pliant under compression and support immersion and envelopment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan greater immersion make movement harder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A softer, more enveloping surface may require more effort to roll or reposition, so mobility should be considered alongside pressure care and comfort.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat pressure-care category does iCare give the M3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare classifies the M3 for High Risk pressure care and lists a Waterlow rating of 20+.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes that classification replace a clinical assessment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Manufacturer risk categories guide selection but do not replace individual pressure-risk assessment, skin monitoring and clinical judgement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat user-weight range is it designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare specifies 30–215 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow thick is the mattress?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe M3 is 20 cm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is XP Support?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eXP Support forms the firm structural base and sides beneath the softer ActiveFloat™ layer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do the firm edges help?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey provide a more stable perimeter for sitting and transfers and can help reduce roll-out risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is SlideSkin™?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSlideSkin™ is an anti-shear system designed to let the cover move more freely with the user and help reduce friction and shear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the cover waterproof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Zerotec™ medical cover is waterproof, wipeable and breathable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the M3 need to be flipped?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It uses a flip-free design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used on an adjustable bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is compatible with adjustable and profiling bed platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat sizes does MoveSmart offer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLong Single, King Single, Long Double, Queen and Split Queen are currently listed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe M3 includes a 5-year limited warranty, subject to iCare’s warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the icare M3 Medical Mattress available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The icare M3 Medical Mattress is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eicare M3 Medical Mattress\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eICM3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer pressure-care category\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh Risk\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eComfort category\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlush Feel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUser-weight range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–215 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMattress height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWaterlow rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eComfort layer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eActiveFloat™ edge-to-edge layer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXP Support base and reinforced sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEdge support\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm edge support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZerotec™ waterproof wipeable medical cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAnti-shear\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlideSkin™ technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBed compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable and profiling beds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong Single, King Single, Long Double, Queen, Split Queen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-year limited warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"iCare","offers":[{"title":"Long Single (2030 x 900)","offer_id":42107191361611,"sku":"ICARE-ICM3LS","price":2339.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"King Single (2030 x 1070)","offer_id":42107191394379,"sku":"ICARE-ICM3KS","price":2399.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Long Double (2030 x 1350)","offer_id":42107191427147,"sku":"ICARE-ICM3LD","price":2969.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Queen (2030 x 1520)","offer_id":42107191459915,"sku":"ICARE-ICM3Q","price":3229.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Split Queen (2030 x 750 per side)","offer_id":42107191492683,"sku":"ICARE-ICM3SQ","price":3699.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/287_M3.jpg?v=1770111965"},{"product_id":"icare-xp-support-firm-overlay","title":"icare XP Support Firm Overlay","description":"\u003ch2\u003eicare XP Support Firm Overlay – Firm Support for Mobility, Transfers and Underlay Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eicare XP Support Firm Overlay\u003c\/strong\u003e is a \u003cstrong\u003e5 cm firm support layer\u003c\/strong\u003e for situations where the goal is to increase stability rather than add softness. It can be placed over a suitable existing mattress to create a firmer surface for bed mobility and transfers, used beneath some alternating-air mattresses as a supportive underlay, or used beside the bed as a low-profile crash mat where appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare specifies a \u003cstrong\u003e50–250 kg user-weight range\u003c\/strong\u003e, a Firm Feel and a manufacturer \u003cstrong\u003eLow Risk\u003c\/strong\u003e pressure-care classification. The \u003cstrong\u003eZerotec™ medical barrier cover\u003c\/strong\u003e is waterproof, wipeable, breathable and highly elastic, supporting practical care while allowing the surface to move without excessive resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"icare XP Support Firm Overlay Specification Sheet PDF\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/94-XP-Support-Overlay-Product-Detail.pdf?v=1770540778\"\u003eicare XP Support Firm Overlay Specification Sheet PDF\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eXP Support, ActiveX™ or ActiveFloat™ Overlay?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eXP Support Firm Overlay\u003c\/strong\u003e when the priority is \u003cstrong\u003efirmness, stability and easier movement\u003c\/strong\u003e. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-activex%E2%84%A2-overlay\"\u003eActiveX™ Overlay\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e when you want to make a sound mattress softer with temperature-responsive pressure relief. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-activefloat%E2%84%A2-overlay\"\u003eActiveFloat™ Overlay\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e when soft pressure relief and shear reduction are the main concerns.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese products solve different problems. XP Support is not the right choice simply because a user needs “more pressure care”; its main role is adding structural support and stability. For users with significant pressure-injury risk, mattress and overlay selection should be based on the complete support surface and individual needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAn Overlay Does Not Repair a Failed Mattress\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen used over an existing mattress, the mattress underneath must still be structurally sound and appropriate for the user. Adding a firm overlay may change the feel of a mattress, but it cannot correct broken-down foam, severe sagging, damaged springs or an unsuitable bed system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen used beneath an alternating-air mattress, confirm that the air system is designed to work with an underlay and that the combined bed height, transfer setup and clinical performance remain appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 cm firm XP Support overlay\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to \u003cstrong\u003eincrease stability\u003c\/strong\u003e on a suitable existing mattress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan assist users who find \u003cstrong\u003eturning, repositioning or transfers\u003c\/strong\u003e harder on a softer surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be used as an \u003cstrong\u003eunderlay beneath some alternating-air mattresses\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be used as a \u003cstrong\u003elow-profile crash mat\u003c\/strong\u003e beside the bed where appropriate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50–250 kg user-weight range\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer \u003cstrong\u003eLow Risk\u003c\/strong\u003e pressure-care classification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZerotec™ waterproof, wipeable, breathable and elastic medical barrier cover\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5-year limited warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the XP Support Firm Overlay designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed to add firmness and stability to a suitable mattress, support mobility and transfers, act as an underlay for some alternating-air systems, or serve as a low crash mat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho may benefit from a firmer overlay?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can suit users who find a soft mattress difficult to roll or push up from, or who need a more stable edge and surface for transfers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it make a soft mattress firmer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, provided the underlying mattress is still structurally sound and supportive.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it fix a sagging or worn-out mattress?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Structural mattress problems should be addressed by replacing the unsuitable mattress rather than covering them with an overlay.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the ActiveX™ Overlay?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eXP Support adds firmness and stability. ActiveX™ does the opposite: it adds a softer, temperature-responsive pressure-relieving layer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the ActiveFloat™ Overlay?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eActiveFloat™ is a soft, highly elastic pressure-relief overlay with SlideSkin™ shear-reduction technology. XP Support is a firm structural support layer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used under an alternating-air mattress?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, with suitable systems. Confirm compatibility because the underlay becomes part of the complete pressure-care setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy use an underlay beneath an alternating-air system?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can provide additional structural support beneath the air mattress, including when the profiling bed changes position or air pressure varies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used as a crash mat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. iCare describes it as suitable for low crash-mat use beside the bed. The surrounding environment and overall fall-management plan still need to be considered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow thick is the overlay?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is approximately 5 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat user-weight range is it designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare specifies 50–250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat pressure-care category does iCare give it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare classifies the XP Support Firm Overlay as Low Risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it intended as a high-risk pressure-care topper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Its main role is firm support and stability. Higher-risk pressure-care needs should be considered using an appropriate complete support surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the cover waterproof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Zerotec™ medical barrier cover is waterproof and wipeable while remaining breathable and elastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat sizes are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSingle, Long Single, King Single, Short Double, Queen and Split Queen are currently listed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the product code?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe base product code is ICOXP, with size-specific codes for each option.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overlay includes a 5-year limited warranty, subject to iCare’s warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the icare XP Support Firm Overlay available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The icare XP Support Firm Overlay is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eicare XP Support Firm Overlay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase product code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eICOXP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverlay depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUser-weight range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50–250 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer pressure-care category\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow Risk\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrimary uses\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm mattress overlay, alternating-air underlay, low crash mat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZerotec™ waterproof, wipeable, breathable and elastic medical barrier fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle, Long Single, King Single, Short Double, Queen, Split Queen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-year limited warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"iCare","offers":[{"title":"Single (1900 x 900)","offer_id":42127532064843,"sku":"ICARE-ICOXPS","price":379.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Long Single (2030 x 900)","offer_id":42127532097611,"sku":"ICARE-ICOXPLS","price":399.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"King Single (2030 x 1070)","offer_id":42127532130379,"sku":"ICARE-ICOXPKS","price":449.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Short Double (1900 x 1350)","offer_id":42127532163147,"sku":"ICARE-ICOXPD","price":485.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Queen (2030 x 1520)","offer_id":42127532195915,"sku":"ICARE-ICOXPQ","price":589.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Split Queen (2030 x 750 per side)","offer_id":42127532228683,"sku":"ICARE-ICOXPSQ","price":659.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/302_XP_Overlay_29a47ce1-69b1-4d36-ab93-0442e3fbebd8.jpg?v=1770540460"},{"product_id":"icare-activex™-overlay","title":"icare ActiveX™ Overlay","description":"\u003ch2\u003eicare ActiveX™ Overlay – Soft Pressure Relief for an Existing Mattress\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eicare ActiveX™ Overlay\u003c\/strong\u003e adds a \u003cstrong\u003e5 cm soft, temperature-responsive ActiveX™ layer\u003c\/strong\u003e over an existing mattress. As the foam warms around the user it becomes more compliant, allowing the surface to contour more closely and provide additional comfort and pressure redistribution without replacing the complete mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can be useful during recovery, periods of increased bed rest or where an otherwise serviceable mattress feels too firm. iCare specifies a \u003cstrong\u003e30–215 kg user-weight range\u003c\/strong\u003e and a manufacturer \u003cstrong\u003eHigh Risk\u003c\/strong\u003e pressure-care classification with a Soft Feel. The waterproof, breathable \u003cstrong\u003eZerotec™ medical cover\u003c\/strong\u003e supports wipe-clean care and is highly elastic so it can move with the pressure-relieving surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/162-ActiveX-Product-Detail.pdf?v=1770540778\" title=\"icare ActiveX™ Overlay Specification Sheet PDF\" rel=\"noopener\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eicare ActiveX™ Overlay Specification Sheet PDF\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eActiveX™, ActiveFloat™ or XP Support Overlay?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eActiveX™ Overlay\u003c\/strong\u003e when the main aim is to \u003cstrong\u003eadd softness and temperature-responsive pressure relief\u003c\/strong\u003e to a sound existing mattress. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-activefloat%E2%84%A2-overlay\"\u003eActiveFloat™ Overlay\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e when reduced shear is a particular priority; it uses a highly elastic ActiveFloat™ layer with SlideSkin™ technology. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-xp-support-firm-overlay\"\u003eXP Support Firm Overlay\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e when you want the opposite effect—a firmer, more stable surface for mobility, transfers, alternating-air underlay use or low crash-mat applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAn Overlay Does Not Repair a Failed Mattress\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn overlay changes the feel and pressure characteristics of the surface underneath it, but the underlying mattress still needs to be structurally sound, supportive and appropriate for the user. A badly sagging, damaged or unsuitable mattress should be replaced rather than disguised with an overlay.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor significant pressure-care needs, the overlay and underlying mattress should be considered together. Manufacturer risk classifications are useful guidance but do not replace an individual pressure-risk assessment, skin monitoring or clinical judgement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 cm ActiveX™ foam overlay\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e for adding comfort to a firmer existing mattress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature-responsive foam that softens as it warms around the user.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer \u003cstrong\u003eHigh Risk\u003c\/strong\u003e pressure-care classification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30–215 kg user-weight range\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZerotec™ medical barrier cover\u003c\/strong\u003e that is waterproof, wipeable, breathable and highly elastic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable from \u003cstrong\u003eSingle through Split Queen\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5-year limited warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the ActiveX™ Overlay designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed to add a softer, pressure-relieving ActiveX™ surface to a suitable existing mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen is an overlay preferable to replacing the whole mattress?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn overlay can be useful when the existing mattress is still structurally sound and supportive but the user needs extra surface comfort or pressure redistribution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it fix a sagging or worn-out mattress?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A failed or badly sagging mattress should be replaced. An overlay should not be used to hide structural problems underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the ActiveFloat™ Overlay?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eActiveX™ focuses on temperature-responsive contouring and softness. ActiveFloat™ adds a highly elastic pressure-relief layer with SlideSkin™ technology where shear reduction is a particular priority.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the XP Support Firm Overlay?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ActiveX™ Overlay adds softness. The XP Support Overlay adds firmness and stability and can also be used beneath some alternating-air systems or as a low crash mat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow thick is the overlay?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is approximately 5 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat user-weight range is it designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare specifies 30–215 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat pressure-care category does iCare give it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare classifies the ActiveX™ Overlay as High Risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes that classification mean it is suitable for every high-risk user?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The complete support surface, mobility, skin condition and individual clinical needs still need to be considered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does ActiveX™ work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eActiveX™ becomes more compliant with warmth, allowing it to contour more closely around the user.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be useful during recovery or extended bed rest?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It can add comfort and pressure redistribution when a person is spending more time in bed, provided the complete mattress setup remains appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the cover waterproof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Zerotec™ cover is waterproof and wipeable while remaining breathable and elastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat sizes are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSingle, Long Single, King Single, Short Double, Queen and Split Queen are currently listed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the product code?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe base product code is ICT, with size-specific codes for each option.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overlay includes a 5-year limited warranty, subject to iCare’s warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the icare ActiveX™ Overlay available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The icare ActiveX™ Overlay is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eicare ActiveX™ Overlay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase product code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eICT\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverlay depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUser-weight range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–215 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer pressure-care category\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh Risk\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature-responsive ActiveX™ foam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZerotec™ waterproof, wipeable, breathable medical barrier fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle, Long Single, King Single, Short Double, Queen, Split Queen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-year limited warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"iCare","offers":[{"title":"Single (1900 x 900)","offer_id":42127550185547,"sku":"ICARE-ICTS","price":429.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Long Single (2030 x 900)","offer_id":42127550218315,"sku":"ICARE-ICTLS","price":455.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"King Single (2030 x 1070)","offer_id":42127550251083,"sku":"ICARE-ICTKS","price":499.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Short Double (1900 x 1350)","offer_id":42127550283851,"sku":"ICARE-ICTD","price":559.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Queen (2030 x 1520)","offer_id":42127550316619,"sku":"ICARE-ICTQ","price":645.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Split Queen (2030 x 750 per side)","offer_id":42127550349387,"sku":"ICARE-ICTSQ","price":719.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/240_ActiveX_Overlay.jpg?v=1770541606"},{"product_id":"icare-activefloat™-overlay","title":"icare ActiveFloat™ Overlay","description":"\u003ch2\u003eicare ActiveFloat™ Overlay – Soft Pressure Relief with Shear Reduction\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eicare ActiveFloat™ Overlay\u003c\/strong\u003e is a \u003cstrong\u003e5 cm soft pressure-care layer\u003c\/strong\u003e for an existing mattress, combining highly elastic ActiveFloat™ material with \u003cstrong\u003eSlideSkin™ anti-shear technology\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is designed for users who need additional pressure redistribution while also placing particular importance on reducing friction and shear as the body moves across the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eActiveFloat™ remains elastic even under compression, allowing the surface to move and conform rather than becoming rigid under load. SlideSkin™ adds a second moving membrane so small body movements are less likely to be resisted by the cover. iCare specifies a \u003cstrong\u003e30–215 kg user-weight range\u003c\/strong\u003e, a Soft Feel and a manufacturer \u003cstrong\u003eHigh Risk\u003c\/strong\u003e pressure-care classification.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overlay includes a waterproof \u003cstrong\u003eZerotec™ cover\u003c\/strong\u003e and may also be suitable over some alternating-air mattresses where an additional comfort layer or reduced heat loss is required, subject to the compatibility of the complete system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/92-ActiveFloat-Product-Detail.pdf?v=1770540778\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"icare ActiveFloat™ Overlay Specification Sheet PDF\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eicare ActiveFloat™ Overlay Specification Sheet PDF\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eActiveFloat™, ActiveX™ or XP Support Overlay?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose \u003cstrong\u003eActiveFloat™\u003c\/strong\u003e when the main priorities are \u003cstrong\u003esoft pressure relief plus shear reduction\u003c\/strong\u003e. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-activex%E2%84%A2-overlay\"\u003eActiveX™ Overlay\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e when you mainly want temperature-responsive softness and contouring over a sound mattress. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/icare-xp-support-firm-overlay\"\u003eXP Support Firm Overlay\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e when you need extra firmness and stability for mobility, transfers, alternating-air underlay use or a low crash-mat application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAn Overlay Is Part of the Complete Support Surface\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe mattress underneath still matters. An overlay should be placed on a structurally sound, supportive mattress that is appropriate for the user. It will not correct a badly sagging, damaged or unsuitable mattress.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf the overlay is being combined with an alternating-air system or used for significant pressure-care needs, confirm that the full setup remains compatible and clinically appropriate. Adding another layer can change how a dynamic mattress performs, so the complete system should be considered rather than judging the overlay in isolation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHighly elastic ActiveFloat™ pressure-relief layer\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlideSkin™ second membrane\u003c\/strong\u003e designed to reduce friction and shear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 cm low-profile depth\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft Feel\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer \u003cstrong\u003eHigh Risk\u003c\/strong\u003e pressure-care classification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30–215 kg user-weight range\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHighly breathable construction\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof Zerotec™ overlay cover\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable with \u003cstrong\u003esome alternating-air mattresses\u003c\/strong\u003e where system compatibility is confirmed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5-year limited warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes the ActiveFloat™ Overlay different?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt combines a highly elastic pressure-relief layer with SlideSkin™ technology to reduce shear as well as provide a softer support surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is it most likely to suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt may suit users who need additional pressure redistribution over a sound mattress and where friction or shear during movement is a particular concern.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is SlideSkin™?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSlideSkin™ uses a second membrane that can move with the user, helping reduce resistance between the body and cover during small movements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the ActiveX™ Overlay?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eActiveX™ focuses on temperature-responsive softness and contouring. ActiveFloat™ adds a highly elastic layer and SlideSkin™ system where shear reduction is a stronger priority.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the XP Support Firm Overlay?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eActiveFloat™ adds softness and envelopment. XP Support adds firmness and stability and is intended for quite different tasks such as mobility support or alternating-air underlay use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it fix a worn-out mattress?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The underlying mattress must still be structurally sound and supportive.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used over an alternating-air mattress?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare states that it is suitable for some alternating-air mattresses. Compatibility should be confirmed because an added layer can alter the performance of a dynamic pressure-care system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow thick is it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overlay is approximately 5 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat user-weight range is it designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare specifies 30–215 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat pressure-care category does iCare give it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiCare classifies the ActiveFloat™ Overlay as High Risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the risk rating replace a clinical assessment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The user’s skin condition, mobility, existing mattress and complete pressure-care plan still need to be considered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the surface breathable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. ActiveFloat™ is designed as a highly breathable pressure-relief material.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the cover waterproof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The supplied Zerotec™ overlay cover is waterproof.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat sizes are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSingle, Long Single, King Single, Long Double, Queen and Split Queen are currently listed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the product code?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe base product code is ICOF, with size-specific codes for each option.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overlay includes a 5-year limited warranty, subject to iCare’s warranty terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the icare ActiveFloat™ Overlay available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The icare ActiveFloat™ Overlay is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eicare ActiveFloat™ Overlay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase product code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eICOF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverlay depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUser-weight range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30–215 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer pressure-care category\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh Risk\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePressure-relief layer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eActiveFloat™\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAnti-shear technology\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlideSkin™ second membrane\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWaterproof Zerotec™ overlay cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAlternating-air use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable with some systems where compatibility is confirmed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle, Long Single, King Single, Long Double, Queen, Split Queen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-year limited warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"iCare","offers":[{"title":"Single (1900 x 900)","offer_id":42127588458571,"sku":"ICARE-ICOFS","price":769.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Long Single (2030 x 900)","offer_id":42127588491339,"sku":"ICARE-ICOFLS","price":785.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"King Single (2030 x 1070)","offer_id":42127588524107,"sku":"ICARE-ICOFKS","price":815.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Long Double (2030 x 1350)","offer_id":42127588556875,"sku":"ICARE-ICOFLD","price":985.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Queen (2030 x 1520)","offer_id":42127588589643,"sku":"ICARE-ICOFQ","price":1055.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Split Queen (2030 x 750 per side)","offer_id":42127588622411,"sku":"ICARE-ICOFSQ","price":1149.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/236_ActiveFloat_Overlay_d051a7b2-5cd0-4473-8796-807f3ab19e5f.jpg?v=1770542334"},{"product_id":"vertihelp-transfer-aid","title":"VertiHelp Transfer Aid","description":"\u003ch2\u003eVertiHelp Transfer Aid\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eVertiHelp Transfer Aid\u003c\/strong\u003e is a non-powered sit-to-stand transfer device for people who have difficulty rising independently but can participate in a supported standing transfer. The user remains on a secure foot platform while being assisted into a partial or full standing position for short transfers between suitable seated surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003e180 kg safe working load\u003c\/strong\u003e, knee and leg support, soft seat padding and mechanically spreading base make the VertiHelp useful in home care, aged care and clinical environments where space and manoeuvrability matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeople looking for this type of equipment often search for a \u003cstrong\u003eSara Stedy\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eSara Steady transfer aid\u003c\/strong\u003e. Sara Stedy is Arjo’s product name; the VertiHelp is in the same broad sit-to-stand transfer-aid category.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e180 kg safe working load\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-powered operation\u003c\/strong\u003e for assisted transfers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure foot platform\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps both feet supported.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKnee support\u003c\/strong\u003e for partial-standing transfers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeg support\u003c\/strong\u003e during movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft seat padding\u003c\/strong\u003e for supported transfer positioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear locking castors\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFoot-pedal mechanical base adjustment\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow 8.4 cm base height\u003c\/strong\u003e for access around suitable furniture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact overall footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e for smaller rooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the VertiHelp Transfer Aid?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe VertiHelp provides a straightforward mechanical option for assisted sit-to-stand transfers without batteries or powered lifting. Its spreading base helps carers position the device around suitable chairs and wheelchairs, while the knee support and padded seat sections support the user during short transfers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the VertiHelp Supports an Assisted Transfer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDuring a suitable transfer, the user places both feet on the platform and uses the support frame while a carer assists them forward into a supported standing position. The knee support helps control lower-leg position, and the padded seat sections can then be placed behind the user before the device is moved over the short distance to the destination. This approach can make repeated transfers more predictable for both the user and caregiver.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitability depends on more than the 180 kg safe working load. The person must be able to participate in standing, maintain an appropriate grip and follow instructions, while the caregiver needs enough clear floor space to position and turn the aid. Check base clearance beneath or around the bed, chair, wheelchair or toilet involved in the transfer. A therapist or suitably qualified clinician should assess the user, environment and transfer technique before regular use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/67785userguidelatestpdf.pdf?v=1772834768\" rel=\"noopener\" title=\"VertiHelp Transfer Aid User Manual PDF\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eVertiHelp Transfer Aid User Manual PDF\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube-nocookie.com\/embed\/udbJp9ii00E?si=79n4ljFeF9pKpeib\" title=\"YouTube video player\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the VertiHelp intended for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is intended for people who have difficulty standing from a seated position but can participate in a supported sit-to-stand transfer. A suitable care or clinical assessment should determine whether it is appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the safe working load?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe safe working load and lift capacity are 180 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the VertiHelp powered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a non-powered mechanical transfer aid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the base width adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA foot pedal mechanically spreads or closes the base legs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the internal base-width range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe width inside the base adjusts from approximately 49.3 cm to 91.8 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the external base-width range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe external base width ranges from approximately 61.1 cm to 103.6 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow high is the base?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe base height is approximately 8.4 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have knee support?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The VertiHelp provides knee support at approximately 64 cm to help stabilise the user during a partial-standing transfer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have locking castors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Rear castors can be locked for controlled positioning when required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used for transfers between chairs and wheelchairs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, when the user is suitable for this type of assisted transfer and the surfaces allow safe positioning of the device.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it a full-body hoist?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The VertiHelp is a sit-to-stand transfer aid and is not a substitute for a full-body hoist when a user cannot safely participate in standing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have a padded seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Soft seat padding supports the user during transfer positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs a user manual available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The VertiHelp user manual is linked above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the VertiHelp Transfer Aid available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This transfer aid is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the VertiHelp a Sara Stedy or Sara Steady transfer aid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSara Stedy is an Arjo product name and “Sara Steady” is a common search spelling. VertiHelp is a separate sit-to-stand transfer aid for similar assisted standing transfers. Compare the dimensions, support features and assessed user suitability rather than treating the products as identical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e67785\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafe working load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLift capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62 cm wide × 90.5 cm long × 101.5 cm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase spreading\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical, foot-pedal operated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInternal base width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e49.3–91.8 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExternal base width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61.1–103.6 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.4 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKnee support height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e64 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-powered\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRear castors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Cubro","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42186915151947,"sku":null,"price":4595.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/VertiHelp-transfer-aid_WEB7__Resampled.jpg?v=1772834025"}],"url":"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/collections\/heavy-duty-range\/fit-higher-capacity.oembed?page=5","provider":"MoveSmart Mobility Equipment ","version":"1.0","type":"link"}